engineering
mannesmann
Rexroth
MAC Servo Drives
with servo drive modules
Applications manual
DOK-ANAX**-TDM+KDS+MAC-AW02-EN-P
Rexroth
Indramat
2
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
About this documentation
Title:
MAC servo drives
with TDM and KDS servo drive modules
Type of documentation:
Applications manual
Document No.:
120-0001-B301-02
Date:
Sept. 1999
Replacement for:
9.552.268.4-01
This documentation is used for:
– The definition of the range of applications
– Assembly and installation
– Commissioning and fault clearance
Copyright:
„Unless expressly agreed, transmission and reproduction of this document, exploitation and communication of its contents are not allowed.
Contraventions are liable to actions for damages. All rights to patents and
registered designs reserved. (DIN 34-1)
We reserve the right to make changes to the contents of the document
and the availability of the products.
• DOK-ANAX**-TDM+KDS+MAC-AW02-EN-P
3
Documentation overview
Inform
preselect
Documentation overview: „MAC servo drives“
CNC systems
and AC drives
CNC systems
and
AC drives
MAC
MAC
MAC maintenance-free
AC servo drives
71 119
70 028
AC servo
drives
AC servo drives for
direct connection to
the mains via TVD,
TVR, KVR power
supply modules
Selection data
MAC 93
MAC 21
9.552.266.4
MAC 112
(mor design, assembly)
Select
dimension, plan
MAC 25
MAC114
MAC 41
Electrical connections:
MAC AC
servomotors
MAC 115
MAC 63
Electrical connections:
MAC AC servomotors
73101
MAC 117
MAC 71
MAC132B
MAC 90
Cable doc.:
connection
accessories for
INDRAMAT drives
MAC 160
MAC 92
Cable doc.:
connection
accessories for
INDRAMAT drives
Project planning
209-0050-4399
Assembly, installation of servo drive modules,
commissioning, troubleshooting,
drive system diagnostics
Applications
Applications
Applications
Applications
Applications
Applications
Applications
data
data
data
data
data
data
data
MAC
MAC
MAC
MAC
MAC
MAC
MAC
21
25
41
63
71
90
92
(71115)
(71113)
(71116)
(71104)
(71105)
(71106)
(71107)
Applications data MAC 93 (71108)
Applications data MAC 112 (71109)
Applications data MAC 114 (71110)
Applications data MAC 115 (71112)
Applications data MAC 117 (71114)
Project planning MAC 132B (9.552.242.4)
Applications doc. MAC 160 (9.552.144.4)
You have this documentation
Fan units for fitting
to MAC
servomotors
Fan units
for fitting to MAC
servomotors
Applications manual
9.575.002.4
SP
planet gears
SP planet gears
Servicing notes
9.564.002.4
Servo drives
MAC
MAC servo drives
with TDM and KDS
servo drive modules
Worm
gears
Worm gears
Servicing notes
9.564.026.4
Fig.: Documentation overview: „MAC servo drives“
4
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
Inform
preselect
Documentation overview
AC servomotors
with integral
SP planet gears
MAC 63-160
5V
MAC 25+41
5V
- SP 060 (9.564.004.4)
- SP 075 (9.564.005.4)
- SP 100 (9.564.006.4)
-SP 140 (9.564.007.4)
MAC 63-160
10…16V
Planet gears
Project planning
- SP 140-IL (9.564.022.4)
- SP 180
(9.564.008.4)
- SP 210
(9.564.009.4)
- SP 240
(9.564.010.4)
- SP 350
(9.564.011.4)
MAC 63-160
5V
MAC servomotors with position feedback units,
Applications
- Add-on incremental encoder for MAC 63 to MAC 160, 5 volt squarewave signals
- Add-on incremental encoder for MAC 25 & MAC 41, 5 volt squarewave signals
- Add-on incremental encoder for MAC 63 to MAC 160, 10-16 volt squarewave signals
- Add-on incremental encoder for MAC 63 to MAC 160, 5 volt sinewave signals
- Add-on absolute-value encoder for MAC 63 to MAC 160
Starting interlock
function
TDM
Starting interlock function
for TDM servo drive
modules
Applications
9.555.012.4
Safety
devices
Safety devices
for the protection of personnel
in plant and machinery using
AC drives
Applications
9.552.263.4
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
180
MAC 63-160
(motor design, assembly)
AC servomotors
with integral
worm gears,
Project planning
9.564.025.4
SP140 -IL
350
Select
dimension, plan
AC servomotors with
integral worm gears
240
210
absolute value
(9.568.003.4)
(9.568.004.4)
(9.568.005.4)
(9.568.006.4)
(9.568.013.4)
Assembly, installation of servo drive modules,
commissioning, troubleshooting,
drive system diagnostics
AC servomotors
with integral
GST tandem gears
SP140
AC servomotors
100
075
with integral
SP 060
SP planet gears,
Project planning
9.564.024.4
AC servomotors
with integral
GST tandem gears,
Project planning
Planet gears
9.564.023.4
Project planning
5
6
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
Contents
Contents
1. Mode of operation of the MAC drive
11
1.1 Field of application .................................................................... 11
1.2 Construction of the servo drive system ..................................... 12
1.3 Operation of the servo drive system ......................................... 15
1.4 MAC servomotor ....................................................................... 17
2. Functions for the user
18
2.1 Speed-controlled drive with speed set-point input .................... 18
2.2 Available torque M(max), M(KB), M(dN) ................................... 20
2.3 Torque reduction via Ired input ................................................. 22
2.4 Torque-controlled drive (tandem drive, master-slave drive) ..... 23
2.5 Emergency-stop function .......................................................... 23
3. Handling the MOD programming module
37
3.1 Determining type of servo drive and motor ............................... 37
3.2 Input weighting and speed set-point smoothing
(matching to NC) ....................................................................... 37
3.3 Rating plates, labels and circuit diagrams ................................ 38
4. User inputs/output
52
5. Connections and installation
54
5.1 Protection of personnel and equipment .................................... 54
5.2 Assembly ................................................................................... 54
5.2.1Preferred arrangement of modular units in the control cabinet . 54
5.2.2Front view with accessories ...................................................... 55
5.2.3KDS servo drive module cold running technology .................... 62
5.2.4Power reduction for increased temperature
and installation altitude .............................................................. 63
5.2.5Dimensional drawing and installation dimensions
of servo drive modules .............................................................. 64
5.3 Connecting up and wiring the servo drive module .................... 76
5.3.1Mains connections ..................................................................... 76
5.3.2Connection accessories as supplied ......................................... 76
5.3.3Power connections .................................................................... 76
5.3.4Motor power cables ................................................................... 77
5.3.5Evaluation of the motor thermostat contact .............................. 77
5.3.6Motor feedback cables .............................................................. 79
5.3.7Position feedback units ............................................................. 80
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
7
Contents
5.3.8Signal cables ............................................................................. 80
5.4 Earthing connections ................................................................. 81
5.5 Interference suppression measures .......................................... 81
5.5.1Interference sources in the control cabinet ............................... 81
5.5.2Use of radio equipment ............................................................. 81
5.5.3Radio interference suppression ................................................ 82
5.6 Connection and wiring diagrams ............................................... 82
6. Commissioning
96
6.1 Protection of personnel and machinery .................................... 96
6.1.1Safety of personnel ................................................................... 96
6.1.2Protection of equipment and machinery ................................... 98
6.2 Tools and equipment required for commissioning .................. 101
6.3 Checks with the equipment switched off ................................. 102
6.3.1Mains supply requirements ..................................................... 102
6.3.2Installed drive components ..................................................... 102
6.3.3Instructions for replacing the MOD programming module ...... 102
6.3.4Wiring and conductor cross-sections ...................................... 103
6.3.5Terminals and connecting points ............................................ 104
6.4 Power-up sequence (overview) ............................................... 106
6.5 Checks with the control voltage applied .................................. 108
6.6 Checks after the power infeed has been connected ............... 110
6.7 Check after the drive has been connected ............................. 111
6.8 Matching to the NC .................................................................. 113
6.9 Checking the drive configuration ............................................. 115
7. Troubleshooting and diagnostics
119
7.1 Construction of the monitoring system in the modules
(Fig. 71) ................................................................................... 119
7.2 Effective troubleshooting ......................................................... 121
7.2.1Possible causes of malfunctions, general ............................... 121
7.2.2Fault messages at the terminal strips ..................................... 121
7.3 LED diagnostic displays .......................................................... 125
7.3.1Diagnostic displays on the power supply modules ................. 125
7.3.2Diagnostic displays on the drive modules ............................... 132
7.4 General faults and possible remedial measures ..................... 138
8. Notes on equipment replacement
140
9. Summary of diagnostic displays on modules
142
8
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
Contents
10. Summary of data
154
10.1 Important motor data ............................................................... 154
10.2 Important data on servo drive modules ................................... 157
11. Equipment fuses in the individual modules
158
12. Technical data of servo drive modules
159
13. Type designations of drive components (type codes)
173
14. Overview of the most important standards applicable to INDRAMAT drive components 179
15. List of key words
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
180
9
10
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
1. Mode of operation of the MAC drive
1. Mode of operation
of the MAC drive
1.1. Applications
The MAC drive is especially designed for high-accuracy servo applications in NC machine tools for metal machining and wood working,
transfer lines, automation systems, as well as in production machines in
the automotive industry.
It is usually operated as a variable-speed drive in the position control loop
of an NC. In this case a speed set-point is fed to the drive from the NC.
The MAC servo drive has the following application-specific functions:
– High short-time acceleration moments
– Torque reduction via I(red) input, which can be used for example
when running up to a fixed stop,
for reducing the load on the mechanical system coupled to the motor
under specific operating conditions,
for operating with controlled torque to load moving mechanical devices.
– Torque-controlled drive for master/slave operation of two motors that
are solidly coupled together.
– Reversal of direction of rotation for same set-point polarity.
– Set-point input via a differential input or two summing inputs with zero
voltage reference.
– Externally-adjustable drift offset via potentiometer.
– Equipment „ready“ state can be output via potential-free relay contact.
– Rapid and clear diagnostics and easy troubleshooting via the front
panel diagnostics and status lamps.
– All adjustment parameters are set on the MOD programming module,
so that the user of the servo drive does not need to carry out timeconsuming adjustments and calibration procedures.
Matching of the controller to the motor type by the user is therefore
generally unnecessary since the control parameters are already
optimized in the factory for the usual existing coupled masses.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
11
12
GLD (*L) smoothing choke
Twisted
individual cables
Control cabinet
Transformer
or mains commutation
choke (L)
Mains
Mains feeder
MAC servo motor
(L)
(with fan)
MAC servo motor
(L)
(without fan)
Mains
auxiliary supply
Tacho feedback (L)
(L) = drive components available from INDRAMAT
(*L) = optional, not required for every application
Position feedback (*L)
Position feedback (*L)
encoder cable (*L)
Fan fuse
on fan plate
Cable connection
for fans (L)
Fan assembly
TDM3, TDM4
Feedback
connector strip
Interface
terminal strip
NC
controller
MOD plug-in programming
module (L)
Bus connection X1
(ribbon cable) (L)
Link circuit
busbars L+, L- (L)
Motor feedback cable (L)
Servo drive module
(TDM or KDS) (L)
Motor thermostat
contact
Motor cable
connection
Motor brake
control
Motor power cable (L)
Drive module
for main drive
(e.g. KDA) (*L)
Power supply module
(e.g. TVM or KDV) (L)
Additional module
(TBM, TCM) (*L)
Motor fan (L)
Fan cable
Gearbox (*L)
Mains
contactor
Master switch/
fuse
Circuit-breaker/
fuse
1. Mode of operation of the MAC drive
1.2 Construction of the
servo drive system
ENA3A-PrinzAufbau
Fig. 1: Basic construction of the modular drive system with components marked.
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
1. Mode of operation of the MAC drive
Additional
feed drives
Feed drive
Controller enable
Ready
Drive
torque
Ready
Drive
torque
Speed set-point
Analogue
Speed set-point
Controller enable
Analogue
Supply
Infeed
Supply to signal
conditioning
circuits
Programming module
Programming module
Control
monitoring, diagnostics
Control
monitoring, diagnostics
Power control
Power control
Servo drive module
Servo drive module
Speed actual-value
Power supply module
M
G
Speed actual-value
Supply to
power circuits
M
G
3
Feed motor 1
3
Feed motor 2
ENA3A-ServoAufbau
Fig. 2: modular construction
The three-phase servo drive system consists of
– the mains input components (master switch, contactor, transformer or
commutation inductor, power supply module, smoothing chokes, additional capacitances),
– the servo drive module (control unit)
– the motor cable and
– the MAC servo motor.
The power supply module is able to supply several different types of
servo drive units and a main drive if required.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
13
1. Mode of operation of the MAC drive
For special applications the performance of the drive system can be
further extended by additional modules (additional bleeder, TBM, additional capacitors, CZ or TCM). Further details of these can be obtained
from the documentation covering the power supply modules.
The specific characteristics of the various servo drive modules and
supply modules are summarized in the following table:
Servo drive
module
Characteristics
TDM 1
Standard servo drive module for MAC 71 to MAC 160
motors
TDM 2
Obsolescent special unit for MAC 63 to MAC 93
motors
TDM 3
Standard servo drive module for MAC 63 to MAC
112B motors
TDM 4
Servo drive module for MAC 21, MAC 25, MAC 41
motors (feedback electronics built into drive module
instead of motor
TDM 6
Servo drive module for low-noise applications and
with interface for temperature monitor, brake and
starting interlock for MAC 63 to MAC 93 motors
TDM 7
Servo drive module for low-noise applications and
with interface for temperature monitor, brake and
starting interlock for MAC 21, MAC 25, MAC 41
motors (feedback electronics built into drive module
instead of motor)
KDS 1
Servo drive module using cold-running technology
for MAC 90 to MAC 160 motors (due to built-on
external heat exchanger no heat losses occur in the
control cabinet).
Fig. 3: Summary of the various servo drive modules
14
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
1. Mode of operation of the MAC drive
Power supply
module
Characteristics
TVM 1
Power supply unit for connection of up to approximately
4 servo drives of up to an average mechanical output
of 4.1 kW.
TVM 2
Standard power supply unit for connection of up to
approximately 6 servo drives of up to an average
mechanical output of 4.1 kW.
TVD 1
Power supply unit for direct connection to 3 x 380-460
volt mains, with built-in power contactor.
KDV 1
Power supply unit using cold-running technology
(due to external heatsink, no heat losses occur in the
control cabinet) for one main drive and 6 servo drives
with an average mechanical output of 28 kW.
KDV 2
As KDV 1, but no series resistors required in the
mains input for power-up. Controlled braking, especially of an associated asynchronous main drive is
possible. Workpiece and tool can run free.
KDV 3
As KDV 2, but also has energy recovery for machines
with large load masses and short machining cycles.
KDV 4
As KDV 3, but with direct mains connection to 380460 volt supplies, and controlled link circuit voltage.
Fig. 4: Summary of the various power supply modules
1.3. Operation of the
servo drive system
The power supply module generates the DC link circuit voltage from the
AC input voltage. From this the servo drive module generates a threephase system that is controlled according to amplitude, frequency and
phase. This is applied to the MAC servo motor according to the current
rotor position and the desired speed.
The relationship between the controlled three-phase system and the
controlled operating states of the servo motor is established according
to the following criteria:
Torque:
The current amplitude of the three-phase system in the stator of the servo
motor determines the resulting torque via the field of the permanentmagnet-excited rotor. It results from the system deviation of the speed
controller.
Speed:
The frequency of the three-phase system determines the speed of the
servo motor. The rotor’s position and frequency is derived from the
signals of the rotor position encoder (BLC signals), depending on the
required synchronism between the position of the magnetic field of the
rotor and the position of the stator current.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
15
16
"Ready"
state
Tacho output
(speed actual-value)
Master output
E1 - E4
inputs
Speed set-point
Controller enable
Ext. peak
current limiting
Bb
Bb
Tsense
MA
E4
E3
E2
E1
RF
Ired
Tacho
Speed
controller
1s
Fault messages
Directional current controller
Current control
with
pulse-width modulation
Continuous
current limiting
Diagnostic and monitoring device
MOD programming module
300 ms
Peak current
limiting
Servo drive module
Current actualvalue measurement
Driver stage disable
To power supply module
BLC1
BLC2
BLC3
A3
A2
A1
Brushless
analogue tacho
T
Rotor
position
detection
Rotor
Stator
MAC servo motor
1. Mode of operation of the MAC drive
ENA3A-Block
Fig. 5: Block diagram of servo drive module signal conditioning circuits
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
Drive stage
Input weighting
1. Mode of operation of the MAC drive
Direction of torque:
The phase relationship between the three-phase system and the magnetic field of the rotor determines the direction of the torque and is derived
from the polarity of the system deviation of the speed controller.
Control circuit signal conditioning:
The speed controller compares the speed set-point and actual-value and
from them generates the current set-point that is fed to the directional
current controller via a limiter circuit (see Fig. 5).
Depending on the rotor position (signalled via the BLC signals from the
rotor position encoder), the direction of the current for the three stator
windings is controlled so that the resulting current flow in the stator is at
its most favourable in relation to the magnetic flux of the rotor. This
relationship ensures that the torque is proportional to the motor current.
The motor current is controlled by a current controller. This is linked to the
directional current controller in order to control the current in the three
phases so as to obtain a three-phase system having controlled amplitude, frequency and phase.
The output signals of the current controller are timed in the pulse-width
modulation stage and amplified via potential-free driver stages. The
amplified signals used for driving the three-phase bridge constructed
from six power transistors.
1.4. MAC servo motor
The MAC three-phase servo motor is a permanently-excited synchronous motor that is made up of the following main sub-assemblies:
– three-phase stator
– permanently-excited rotor
– optional electrically-released brake
– optional separate axial fan for surface ventilation
Permanent-magnet rotor
Three-phase motor stator
Electrically-released
holding brake
Brushless
tachogenerator with
rotor position encoder
ENA3A-MACScan
Fig. 6: MAC servo motor
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
17
2. Functions for the user
2. Functions for
the user
The user features listed in section 1.1 are described in detail here.
2.1. Speed-controlled
drive with speed set-point
input
After the mains voltage has been applied and the drive amplifiers signal
that they are „ready“, the servo drive can be run at controlled speed by
– injecting the controller enabling signal at the RF input and
– applying an analogue set-point voltage, that is proportional to the motor
speed, across the inputs
• E1 and E2 or
• E3 and 0 VM or
• E4 and 0 VM.
The following settings are possible: (see basic circuit diagram of the
servo drive module in Fig. 8).
Input E1-E2 is a differential input, inputs E3 and E4 are summing inputs
that are referred to 0 VM.
The speed weighting (input sensitivity) has already been set in the
factory on the MOD programming module. Two facilities are provided:
1. Fixed setting by resistors soldered in place on the programming
module
Programmiermodul MOD
MOD 1 for TDM 1,
MOD 5 for TDM 2,
MOD 13 for TDM 3,
MOD 17 for TDM 4,
MOD 19 for TDM 6,
MOD 21 for TDM 7,
MOD 3 for KDS 1.
In each case
R8 refers to differential input E1-E2
R9 refers to summing input E3-0VM
R10 refers to summing input E4-0VM
2. Input weighting adjustable via potentiometers P1, P2, P3 on
programming module
MOD 2 for TDM 1,
MOD 6 for TDM 2,
MOD 14 for TDM 3,
MOD 18 for TDM 4,
MOD 20 for TDM 6,
MOD 22 for TDM 7,
MOD 4 for KDS 1.
The potentiometers are located on the programming module.
In each case
P1 and R8 refer to differential input E1-E2
P2 and R9 refer to summing input E3-0VM
P3 and R10 refer to summing input E4-0VM
18
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
2. Functions for the user
The resistor and potentiometer values are incorporated into the MOD
programming module according to the input weighting required by the
user.
The last three digits of the programming module type designation specify
the input weighting (see Section 3.2).
If no user data are available, the MOD programming module is given the
input weighting of 10 volts per max. speed value (no adjustment
potentiometer).
If necessary, the values R for R8, R9, R10 in MOD 1, MOD 3, MOD 5,
MOD 13, MOD 17, MOD 19, MOD 21, and R8+P1, R9+P2, R10+P3 in
UE
1
R = —— • ——— • 9230 - 5
n
Cw
in KOhm
Where
R is
the resistance value in kOhms
UE is the analogue input voltage in volts at E1-E2, E3-0VM or
E4-0VM at the speed n used in the formula
n is
the speed in rpm
Cw is the tacho voltage in volts at 1000 rpm, depending on
motor type in use and shown in the table in Section 10.1
Example for Cw = 3 V/ 1000 rpm:
9.5 1
R = —— • — • 9230 - 5 = 4.74 KOhm
3000 3
Set-point smoothing
MOD 2, MOD 4, MOD 6, MOD 14, MOD 18, MOD 20, MOD 22 can be
calculated:
The speed set-point output by the NC can be smoothed if the staircase
function becomes noticeably disturbed. It should be noted that excessive
smoothing can reduce the dynamic response of the position control and
thus slow the reaction time.
Polarity of the speed
set-point, reversal of the
direction of rotation
Set-point smoothing can be implemented only by using the differential
input E1-E2. Smoothing is provided by soldering a capacitor C5 onto the
MOD programming module (up to a maximum of 3uF is possible,
corresponding to a smoothing time-constant of approximately 5 to 7 ms).
With the motor rotating clockwise, as viewed from the output shaft, the
direction of rotation is as follows:
Differential input E1-E2:
voltage at E1 is positive
with respect to E2
Summing inputs E3, E4:
voltage at E3 or E4 is negative
with respect to 0VM
Tacho measuring signal at T(sense): voltage is positive with respect
to 0VM
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
19
2. Functions for the user
The following facilities are provided if another direction of rotation is
desired:
– Interchange the connections at differential input E1-E2, if this is used,
– Reverse the direction of all inputs by linking terminals X6/9 and X6/10
at the control amplifier.
Reversing the direction of rotation by interchanging motor connections
is not possible and causes the drive to malfunction.
Drift compensation
The speed controller has an extremely low temperature drift. The zero
drift can be corrected on the „ZERO ADJ“ potentiometer at the bottom
right of the front panel (front view in Figs. 35 to 40 in Section 5.2.2).
The drift should always be checked at initial operation and after replacing
the servo drive module:
If the axis moves with a zero speed set-point, the rotary motion of the axis
should be set to zero by means of the „ZERO ADJ“ potentiometer on the
front panel when the control cabinet has reached its final temperature.
2.2. Available torque
M(max), M(KB), M(dN)
The following torque values are available:
M(max): acceleration torque
M(KB):
M(dN) :
short-time torque for (short-time) machining
continuous motor torque for 100% cyclic duration factor
The values for the existing drive amplifier/motor combination can be
obtained from the selection list in the „MAC xxx servomotor“ documentation.
The torque values M(max) and M(KB) are permanently set on the MOD
programming module via the maximum current and the continuous
current and can be read from the „Current“ line on the rating plate. The
following applies:
M(max)
peak Current
——— = ———————
M(KB)
cont Current
M(max) / M(KB)
or
peak current / continuous current
ENA3A-Mp/MKB
The interval during which maximum torque is available depends on the
difference between maximum and short-time duty torque. The time t1
that is generally available for acceleration cycles can be read from Fig.
7.
5
4
3
2
1
0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,5
2
2,5
3
3,5
t1 in s
Fig. 7: Time available for acceleration cycles in relation to the peak torque/short-time
duty torque ratio (in the standard version).
20
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
I ist
1)
MA
T sense
Tacho
0VM
E4
0VM
E3
E2
E1
RF
3,4…24V
Bb
Bb
I red
0…10V
"Ready"
"Ready" contact
20k
n soll=0
P1
R6
R5
P2
P3
R11
C1
R1
C2
R2
499k
B3 or R16
R10
B2 or R15
R9
B1 or R14
R8
300 … 500 ms
Tacho filter
Input weightings
&
Reduced
peak current limiting
-10V
Differential amplifier
External terminals
C5
I (cont)
FB
Rb
4k99
4k99
4k99
Internal
controller enable
Speed controller
Offset
1k82
Ca
R7 C3
C4
I (peak)
15k
Ra
Current limiting
R4
R3
1) TDM
Rc
1)
R12
C6
I ist
Current controller
R13
3 and TDM 4 only
Components on grey background are
located on MOD programming module
2. Functions for the user
ENA3A-RegelteilTDMKDS
Fig. 8: Block diagram of servo drive module
21
2. Functions for the user
2.3. Torque reduction
via Ired input
If the peak torque of the drive has to be reduced for individual operating
conditions on the machine, the maximum torque can be limited externally
by the user via the Ired analogue input. In this case an analogue voltage
is applied to the Ired input. The value of the voltage Ured depends on the
desired reduction factor k = reduced torque to maximum torque:
Ured = 10 volts • (1 - k)
reduzierter Motorstrom
The value of the reduced motor current Ired can be obtained from the
graphs in Figs. 9 and 10. The torque can be calculated from the current
torque constant km of the motor in use, which can be obtained from the
table in Section 10.1:
M = km • Ired
The smallest adjustable torque is limited to a minimum value. The
associated minimum adjustable motor current can be obtained from the
table in Section 10.2.
If no analogue voltage is available for the Ired input, for a reduced torque
value a resistor R(ex) can be connected between the Ired terminal and
the +15 VM terminal via a relay contact. The value of this in kilohms is:
150
R(ex) = ——— - 100 in kOhm
1-k
Where:
reduction factor k = desired reduced torque to maximum torque.
I red
100 A
I red
TD
M
1.
2-
50 A
30 A
10
0
TDM
1.2-
050
TDM 1.2
-030
I min = 15 A
U red
5V
10 V
Where:
Ired: reduced pea kcurrent
Ured: voltage applied to Ired terminal
15 V
ENA3A-Ired/TDM1
Fig. 9: External torque limiting for TDM 1
22
U red
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
2. Functions for the user
I red/I peak
1,0
0,5
I min
5V
10 V
15 V
U red
Where:
Ipeak: peak current set on MOD programming module
(see programming module rating plate)
Ired: reduced peak current
Ured: voltage applied to Ired terminal
Fig. 10: External torque limiting for TDM 2 and TDM 1.2/SO 100, TDM 3, TDM 4,
TDM 6, TDM 7, KDS 1.
2.4. Torque-controlled
drive (tandem drive,
master-slave drive)
The servo drive can also be operated as a torque-controlled drive.
In the master-slave drive or tandem drive the speed controller of the
master drive determines the speed of the slave drive. In such an
operating mode the torque set-point is transferred to the set-point input
of the slave drive from the speed-controlled master drive.
It should be noted that the motor shafts of the master and slave drives
must be mechanically coupled together without backlash to prevent the
slave drive accelerating without load torque when torque is applied. This
coupling must be as rigid and as torsionally stiff as possible to prevent
oscillations in the mechanical system.
Connections between the master drive and the slave drive are shown in
Figs. 12 to 16. The MOD programming module should be specially
configured for the slave drive.
2.5. Emergency-stop
function
A malfunction in the system or servo drive cannot be eliminated in an
emergency-stop situation. It is therefore necessary in this case to isolate
the power section of the drive from the mains supply via the mains
contactor in order to stop the servo drive safely (by opening the
emergency-stop circuit).
Until the servo drive is stopped it must always be assumed that faulty and
dangerous drive movement can occur, the extent of which depends on
the type of fault and the operating state of the drive at the time it occurs.
A higher-level safety measure must be provided to ensure that the drive
disconnected via the emergency-stop circuit in the event of a general
malfunction.
Personenschutz
For this reason, danger to personnel resulting from a malfunction must be eliminated by high-level protection at system
level.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
23
2. Functions for the user
In order to render the electrical shutdown of the drive as independent of
the controller as possible, after the external controller enabling signal
has been removed the drive modules’s set-point, which is injected at the
E1-E2 input is set to zero internally, so that the drive can brake. The motor
is then only free of torque after about 300 ms (see Fig. 11).
3 … 30V
Input at RF terminal
(external controller
enabling signal)
0V
Drive on
Drive free
of torque
Internal enable
0V
300 ms
Ext. set-point at E1 - E2 terminal
Set-point conditioning
Set-point set
internally to 0 rpm
ENA7A-verzAb
Fig. 11: Delayed disconnection of motor controller after the external controller
enabling signal is removed.
24
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
2. Functions for the user
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
25
2. Functions for the user
5
A1
A1
Master
TDM 1
3
A3
A3
L-
L-
L+
L+
End connector
.......
.......
.......
4
Slave
TDM 1
A2
Bus connection
(black conductor always underneath)
X1
X1
Thermostat
contact
U1 V1 W1
5 6 10 11 12 1 4 7 8 9 2 3
M
Thermostat
contact
Motor feedback
Torsionally stiff mechanical coupling 1
12AENA3A-MS/TDM1
Remarks 1 ....
see sheet 2
Fig. 12: Connection diagram for master-slave drive with TDM 1
26
-15VM
Ired
5 6 10 11 12 1 4 7 8 9 2 3
3
3
Tacho
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
0VM
Comon controller
enabling signal
2
Motor feedback
1
X6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Polarizing pin
U1 V1 W1
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
X5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Polarizing pin
X6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2
M
Tacho
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
0VM
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
Set-point
input
X5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
+15VM
0VM
E1
E2
E3
E4
Bb
Bb
RF
0VM
MA
Tsense
7
-15VM
Ired
6
+15VM
0VM
Programming module
MOD 1/XXXXX-064
E1
E2
E3
E4
Bb
Bb
RF
0VM
Programming module
MOD 1/XXXXX-...
MA
Tsense
A2
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
8
2. Functions for the user
C4
R7
R8
+
E2
4k99
+
5k62
E1
Set-point
input
C5
499k
Tacho (master drive)
Tacho
C3
10k
- Master -
R1
Tacho
monitor
Speed
controller
R2
C1
Continuous
current
C2
Peak
current
MA
C4
R7 C3
78k7
10k
- Slave E3
4k99
5k62
R9
82k5
7
0VM
Tacho (slave drive)
Tacho
R1
Tacho
monitor
499k
R2
C1
Br.
+
Speed
controller
C2
MA
Continuous
current
Peak
current
On MOD programming module
1
Reversing the direction of rotation
The directions of rotation of the master and slave drives can be identical or opposite, depending on the type of mechanical coupling.
The direction of rotation can be matched to these requirements with the jumper 1 .
Directions of rotation of master
and slave drives
are identical
Directions of rotation of master
and slave drives
are opposite
With
jumper between X6/9 and X6/10
on slave
Without
jumper between X6/9 and X6/10
on slave
2
Evaluation in the Emergency-stop circuit
3
Power supply via DC link circuit
4
Bus connection: connecting cable for unit's own power supply and monitoring
5
To central earthing point on power supply module
6
Number as per motor/amplifier combination
7
Slave module component set
Current limiting as per master; R1=R2=C1=C2=C4=not used; R7=78k7; C3=jumper;
input weighting -064 without potentiometer
8
Use 9-core connecting cable only.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
12BENA3A-MS/TDM1
27
2. Functions for the user
5
A1
A1
Master
TDM 3
A3
L-
L-
L+
L+
.......
X1
X1
Thermostat
contact
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
*1
U1 V1 W1
5 6 10 11 12 1 4 7 8 9 2 3
M
Motor feedback
3
3
Thermostat
contact
5 6 10 11 12 1 4 7 8 9 2 3
Motor feedback
Torsionally stiff mechanical coupling 1
Remarks 1 ....
see sheet 2
13AENA3A-MS/TDM3
Fig. 13: Master-slave drive with TDM 3
28
TÜ
X41 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2
Polarizing pin
U1 V1 W1
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
Bb
Bb
RF
+24VL
0VL
X43 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Common controller
enabling signal
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
0VM
Tacho
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
2
Tsense
E1
E2
TÜ
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
Bb
Bb
RF
+24VL
0VL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
X43 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
X41 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
M
X42
Iist
0VM
7
Tsense
Iist
0VM
Programming module
MOD 13/XXXXX-064
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Set-point
input
X42
E3
E4
0VM
+15VM
Ired
FB
MA
E1
E2
Programming module
MOD 13/XXXXX-...
6
Tacho
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
0VM
Bus connection
(black conductor always underneath)
End connector
.......
.......
4
A3
Polarizing pin
3
Slave
TDM 3
A2
E3
E4
0VM
+15VM
Ired
FB
MA
A2
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
8
2. Functions for the user
C4
R7
R8
+
E2
4k99
+
270R
E1
Set-point
input
C5
499k
Tacho (master drive)
Tacho
R1
Tacho
monitor
C3
270R
- Master -
Speed
controller
R2
C1
Continuous
current
Peak
current
C2
MA
C4
R7 C3
78k7 9k09
4k99
270R
R9
82k5
E3
270R
- Slave -
7
0VM
Tacho (slave drive)
Tacho
R1
Tacho
monitor
499k
R2
C1
MA
+
Speed
controller
Continuous
current
Peak
current
C2
On MOD programming module
1
Reversing the direction of rotation
The directions of rotation of the master and slave drives can be identical or opposite, depending on the type of mechanical coupling.
The direction of rotation can be matched to these requirements with the jumper 1 .
Directions of rotation of
master and slave drives
are identical
Directions of rotation of
master and slave drives
are opposite
*Connect this conductor to
*Do not connect this conductor!
X41/9 (0VM)
2
Evaluation in the Emergency-stop circuit
3
Power supply via DC link circuit
4
Bus connection: connecting cable for unit's own power supply and monitoring
5
To central earthing point on power supply module
6
Number as per motor/amplifier combination
7
Slave module component set
Current limiting as per master; R1=R2=not used; C1=C2=C4=not used; R7=78k7; C3=9k09;
input weighting -064 without potentiometer
8
Use 9-core connecting cable only.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
13BENA3A-MS/TDM3
29
2. Functions for the user
5
A1
A1
Master
KDS
3
A3
A3
L-
L-
L+
L+
.......
Bus connection
(black conductor always underneath)
End connector
.......
.......
4
Slave
KDS
A2
X1
X1
Thermostat
contact
5 6 10 11 12 1 4 7 8 9 2 3
M
Motor feedback
3
Thermostat
contact
MA
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
TÜ
TÜ
Tacho
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
0VM
Polarizing pin
U1 V1 W1
3
5 6 10 11 12 1 4 7 8 9 2 3
Motor feedback
Torsionally stiff mechanical coupling 1
Remarks 1 ....
see sheet 2
14AENA3A-MS/KDS
Fig. 14: Master-slave drive with KDS 1
30
1
X24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2
Polarizing pin
U1 V1 W1
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
X25 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Common controller
enabling signal
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
0VM
Tacho
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
2
Ired
Bb
Bb
RF
+24VL
0VL
TÜ
TÜ
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
Bb
Bb
RF
+24VL
0VL
X26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
X24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
M
E1
E2
MA
E1
E2
X25
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Set-point
input
X26
E3
E4
0VM
7
0VM
Tsense
6
Ired
Programming module
MOD 3/XXXXX-064
E3
E4
0VM
Programming module
MOD 3/XXXXX-...
0VM
Tsense
A2
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
8
2. Functions for the user
C4
R7 C3
10k
- Master R8
+
E2
4k99
C5
499k
Tacho (master drive)
R1
Tacho Tacho
monitor
+
5k62
E1
Set-point
input
Speed
controller
R2
C1
Continuous
current
Peak
current
C2
MA
C4
- Slave 10k
R7 C3
78k7
E3
4k99
5k62
R9
82k5
7
0VM
Tacho (slave drive)
499k
R1
Tacho Tacho
monitor
R2
C1
Br.
+
Speed
controller
C2
MA
Continuous
current
Peak
current
On MOD programming module
1 Reversing the direction of rotation
The directions of rotation of the master and slave drives can be identical or opposite, depending on the type of mechanical coupling.
The direction of rotation can be matched to these requirements with the jumper 1 .
Directions of rotation of master
and slave drives
are identical
Directions of rotation of master
and slave drives
are opposite
with
without
jumper between X24/9 and X24/10 jumper between X24/9 and X24/10
on slave
on slave
2 Evaluation in the Emergency-stop circuit
3 Power supply via DC link circuit
4 Bus connection: connecting cable for unit's own power suply and monitoring
5 To central earthing point on power supply module
6 Number as per motor/amplifier combination
7 Slave module component set:
Current limiting as per master; R1=R2=C1=C3=C4=not used; R7=78k7; C2=jumper;
input weighting -064 without potentiometer
8 Use 9-core connecting cable only.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
14BENA3A-MS/KDS
31
2. Functions for the user
5
A1
A1
A2
A3
A3
L-
L-
L+
L+
Slave
TDM 1.2.../S102
End connector
X1
X1
.......
Bus connection
(black conductor always underneath)
.......
7
M
5 6 10 11 12 1 4 7 8 9 2 3
M
3
Tacho
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
0VM
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
Common controller
enabling signal
BLC 3
0VM
U1 V1 W1
Motor feedback
Thermostat
contact
3
5 6 10 11 12 1 4 7 8 9 2 3
Motor feedback
Torsionally stiff mechanical coupling 1
15A-MS/TDM1/S102
Remarks 1 ....
see sheet 2
Fig. 15: Master-slave drive with TDM 1.2.../S102
32
1
X6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2
Plarizing pin
U1 V1 W1
Thermostat
contact
Tacho
BLC 1
BLC 2
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
Set-point
input
X6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Polarizing pin
-15VM
Ired
E1
E2
E3
E4
Bb
Bb
RF
0VM
X5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
X5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
2
+15VM
0VM
6
+15VM
0VM
Programming module
MOD 1/XXXXX-064
E1
E2
E3
E4
Bb
Bb
RF
0VM
Programming module
MOD 1/XXXXX-...
MA
Tsense
.......
4
-15VM
Ired
3
Master
TDM 1.2.../S102
MA
Tsense
A2
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
8
2. Functions for the user
C4
- Master -
E2
R8
4k99
C5
Tacho (master drive)
Tacho
Tacho
monitor
C3
270R
+
R1
4k42
+
270R
E1
Set-point
input
R7
Speed
controller
499k
R2
4k75
C1
Continuous
current
C2
Peak
current
MA
C4
- Slave -
4k99
7
0VM
Tacho (slave drive)
Tacho
499k
Tacho
monitor
+
270R
R9
82k5
E3
270R
R7
C3
78k7 9k09
R1
R2
C1
Speed
controller
Continuous
current
C2
MA
Peak
current
On MOD programming module
1 Reversing the direction of rotation
The directions of rotation of the master and slave drives can be identical or opposite, depending on the type of mechanical coupling.
The direction of rotation can be matched to these requirements with the jumper 1 .
Directions of rotation of master
and slave drives
are identical
Directions of rotation of master
and slave drives
are opposite
with
jumper between X6/9 and X6/10
on slave
without
jumper between X6/9 and X6/10
on slave
2 Evaluation in the Emergency-stop circuit
3 Power supply via DC link circuit
4 Bus connection: connecting cable for unit's own power supply and monitoring
5 To central earthing point on power supply module
6 Number as per motor/amplifier combination
7 Slave module component set:
Current limiting as per master; R1=R2=not used; C1=C2=C4=not used; R7=78k7; C3=9k09;
input weighting -064 without potentiometer
8 Use 9-core connecting cable only.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
15B-MS/TDM1/S102
33
2. Functions for the user
5
A1
A1
Master
KDS1.1.../S102
KDS1.1.../S104
A2
A3
A2
A3
L-
L-
L+
L+
End connector
X1
X1
5 6 1011 12 1 4 7 8 9 2 3
M
Thermostat
contact
3
5 6 1011 12 1 4 7 8 9 2 3
Motor feedback
Torsionally stiff mechanical coupling 1
Remarks 1 ....
16A-MS/KDS/S102/S104
see sheet 2
Fig. 16: Master-slave drive with KDS 1.1.../S102 and S104
34
Tsense
0VM
MA
Ired
Polarizing pin
U1 V1 W1
Motor feedback
1
X24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2
3
Tacho
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
0VM
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
Common controller
enabling signal
Tacho
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
0VM
X25 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Polarizing pin
U1 V1 W1
E3
E4
0VM
Bb
Bb
RF
+24VL
0VL
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
TÜ
TÜ
Bb
Bb
RF
+24VL
0VL
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
2
Thermostat
contact
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
TÜ
TÜ
X26
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
X24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
M
E1
E2
Tsense
E1
E2
X25
0VM
7
MA
6
Ired
Programming module
MOD 3/XXXXX-064
E3
E4
0VM
Programming module
MOD 3/XXXXX-...
Set-point
input
X26
.......
Bus connection
(black conductor always underneath)
.......
.......
4
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
3
Slave
KDS1.1.../S102
KDS1.1.../S104
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
8
2. Functions for the user
C4
R7
E1
E2
R8
+
4k99
+
270R
Set-point
input
C5
Speed
controller
499k
Tacho (master drive)
Tacho
R1
Tacho
monitor
C3
270R
- Master -
R2
C1
Continuous
current
C2
Peak
current
MA
C4
R7 C3
78k7 9k09
4k99
270R
R9
82k5
E3
270R
- Slave -
7
0VM
Tacho (slave drive)
Tacho
R1
Tacho
monitor
499k
R2
C1
+
Speed
controller
Continuous
current
C2
MA
Peak
current
On MOD programming module
1 Reversing the direction of rotation
The directions of rotation of the master and slave drives can be identical or opposite, depending on the type of mechanical coupling.
The direction of rotation can be matched to these requirements with the jumper 1 .
Directions of rotation of master
and slave drives
are identical
Directions of rotation of master
and slave drives
are opposite
with
without
jumper between X24/9 and X24/10 jumper between X24/9 and X24/10
on slave
on slave
2 Evaluation in the Emergency-stop circuit
3 Power supply via DC link circuit
4 Bus connection: connecting cable for unit's own power supply and monitoring
5 To central earthing point on power supply module
6 Number as per motor/amplifier combination
7 Slave module component set:
Current limiting as per master; R1=R2=not used;C1=C2=C4=not used; R7=78k7; C3=9k09;
input weighting -064 without potentiometer
8 Use 9-core connecting cable only.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
16B-MS/KDS/S102/S104
35
2. Functions for the user
36
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994 •
3. Handling the MOD programming module
3. Handling the MOD
programming
module
The plug-in MOD programming module is used to match the drive
module to the motor type.
It offers the user the following distinct advantages:
– The drive is put into service without time-consuming optimization and
adjustments. This applies to conventional applications where the
mechanical coupling to the motor is sufficiently stiff and backlash-free,
and the ratio of the motor mass to the external masses referred to the
motor shaft is between 1:05 and approximately 1:1.5.
– During servicing the unit can be quickly replaced on site by personnel
without special training since, apart from drift compensation, no
adjustments and matching are required.
– Repair times can thus be appreciably reduced.
– Prior to commissioning check whether the data on the drive amplifier
and motor rating plates correspond to those on the rating plate of the
programming module.
See Figs. 17 and 18 for rating plate details.
3.1. Determining the type
of servo drive and motor
Construction and circuit diagram are shown in Figs. 21 to 30.
The motor type is matched to the drive amplifier by INDRAMAT in the
factory by means of resistors and capacitors soldered onto the programming module:
– peak current limiting:
R3, R4
– continuous current limiting:
R5, R6
– tacho filter:
R1, R2, C1, C2
– speed controller circuit:
R7, C3, C4
(control parameters for dynamic performance)
– current controller circuit:
R12, R13, C6
(for TDM 3, TDM 4, TDM 6, TDM 7 only)
3.2. Input weighting and
set-point smoothing
(matching to NC)
When ordering, the user of the servo drive specifies the analogue
interface input weighting appropriate to his NC.
The input weighting of the three inputs is stated in rpm/V on the rating
plate of the MOD programming module (see Fig. 18). The last three digits
of the module number determine the input weightings of the set-point
inputs.
The following components are factory-fitted on the programming module
board for input weighting and set-point smoothing:
On programming modules MOD 1, MOD 3, MOD 5, MOD 13, MOD 17,
MOD 19, MOD 21 with fine adjustment:
– differential input E1-E2:
R8 and installed wire jumper B1
– summing input E3...
R9 and installed wire jumper B2
– summing input E4...
R10 and installed wire jumper B3
– set-point smoothing
at input E1-E2:
C5
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
37
3. Handling the MOD programming module
On programming modules MOD 2, MOD 4, MOD 6, MOD 14, MOD 18,
MOD 20, MOD 22 with potentiometer:
– differential input E1-E2:
R8 and trimpot. P1
(or installed wire jumper B1),
– summing input E3:
R9 and trimpot. P2
(or installed wire link B2),
– summing input E4:
R10 and trimpot
(or installed wire jumper B3).
– set-point smoothing
at input E1-E2:
C5
3.3. Rating plates, labels
and circuit diagrams
Summary of diagrams
relating to the
MOD programming module
38
Fig. 17
Rating plate of MOD programming module
Fig. 18
Type code of MOD programming module
Fig. 19
Rating plate of MAC motor
Fig. 20
Rating plate of servo drive module
Fig. 21
Module labels : MOD 1, MOD 2 for TDM 1 drive module
Fig. 22
Circuit diagram: MOD 1, MOD 2 for TDM 1 drive module
Fig. 23
Module labels: MOD 5, MOD 6 for TDM 2 drive module
Fig. 24
Circuit diagram: MOD 5, MOD 6 for TDM 2 drive module
Fig. 25
Module labels: MOD 13, MOD 14 for TDM 3 drive module
and MOD 19, MOD 20 for TDM 6
Fig. 26
Circuit diagram: MOD 13, MOD 14 for TDM 3 drive module
and MOD 19, MOD 20 for TDM 6
Fig. 27
Module labels: MOD 17, MOD 18 for TDM 4 drive module
and MOD 21, MOD 22 for TDM 7
Fig. 28
Circuit diagram: MOD 17, MOD 18 for TDM 4 drive module
and MOD 21, MOD 22 for TDM 7
Fig. 29
Module labels: MOD 3, MOD 4 for KDS 1 drive module
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
3. Handling the MOD programming module
Programming module
rating plate
MOD 1/1X077-002
Contr.: TDM 1.2-100-300-W1
Motor: MAC 112D-.-FD-.-C
Current (A): peak/cont.: 100/75
Operating rpm: 6000
MA: 0,05 V/A
Input
E1/E2
E3
E4
rpm/V
2000/10
3000/10
1500/10
MOD 14/1X012-016
Contr.: TDM 3.2-020-300-W0
Motor: MAC 090A-.-ZD-.-C
Current (A): peak/cont.: 20/15
Operating rpm: 2000
MA: 0,375 V/A
Input rpm/V:
E1/E2: 2000/10
E3:
3000/10
E4:
1500/10
The following indicate:
MOD./.....-...
Type designation of the programming module
(see following figure for meaning)
Contr.
Type designation of the servo drive module
Motor
Part of the type designation of the motor which determines the configuration
of the programming module.
Parts of the type designation not affecting the configuration of the programming
module are identified by full stops.
Current (A)
peak/cont.
Set peak current/continuous current in amps
Operating rpm
Rated speed of motor in rpm
(the maximum useful speed of the drive cannot differ from this)
MA
Voltage/current ratio in V/A or mV/A at output terminal MA MA
E1/E2
Speed / set-point voltage ratio between differential input E1 and E2 in rpm/
V.
E3
Speed / set-point voltage ratio between input E3 and 0VM in rpm/V
E4
Speed / set-point voltage between input E4 and 0VM in rpm/V.
Fig. 17: Rating plate of MOD programming module
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
39
3. Handling the MOD programming module
Type code fields:
Example:
1. Brief description of unit:
MOD
01 / 1 x
0005 - 001
MOD
2. Classification according to controller type and potentiometer
in the set-point input:
TDM 1. ………………………………………………………………….. 01
TDM 1. with potentiometer in set-point input ………………………...02
KDS 1. …………………………………………………………………...03
KDS 1. with potentiometer in set-point input …………………………04
TDM 2. …………………………………………………………………...05
TDM 2. with potentiometer in set-point input ………………………...06
TWM 1. …………………………………………………………………..07
KDW 1. …………………………………………………………………..09
TDM 3.1
Replaced by MOD 13/14
11
TDM 3.1
as of June 1986
12
TDM 3.2 ………………………………………………………………….13
TDM 3.2 with potentiometer in set-point input ……………………….14
DSC 3. …………………………………………………………………... 15
DSC 3. with potentiometer in set-point input …………………………16
TDM 4. …………………………………………………………………... 17
TDM 4. with potentiometer in set-point input …………………………18
TDM 6. …………………………………………………………………... 19
TDM 6. with potentiometer in set-point input …………………………20
TDM 7. …………………………………………………………………... 21
TDM 7. with potentiometer in set-point input …………………………22
3. Classification according to feedback unit on MAC motor:
with built-in INDRAMAT incremental encoder …………….………. "0"
with tacho feedback (without incremental encoder) ………...………"1"
independent of feedback unit …………………………………………"."
(for „slave modules“ and „ current interface modules“)
4. Motor cooling code:
natural convection …………………………………………………....… 0
surface-cooled…………………………………………………..….....… 1
module configuration suitable for both types of cooling………..……X
5. Code for motor/amplifier combination
Is specified and recorded by INDRAMAT …………………z.B. 0005
6. Input weighting code
Is specified and recorded by INDRAMAT ………. …...……z.B.
001
Fig. 18: Type designation of MOD programming module
40
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
3. Handling the MOD programming module
MAC:
112B-0-PD-2-C/130-A-0/SO5
Serien Nr.:
38449
R1 Kom.-Nr.
Dauer-Md
18.2
1
Dauerstrom
Motor-EMK
21.0
1
n max
Tacho-EMK
Bremse: Md
37
PermanentmagnetDrehstromservomotor
GmbH
Lohr / Main
From delivery date March 1993
89
5011 25
Nm Md Konst.
Nm/A
0.91
A Spitzenstrom 97
A
VS/rad Isolationsklasse
F
min -1 Schutzart IP 65
IP 24 1
1500
VS/rad
0.0286
U N 24
V I N 0.75A
14 Nm
1 oberflächenbelüftet
ENA3A-TypschMAC
typsch.tif
The following indicate:
MAC...:
Type designation of servomotor (see Section 13 for details)
Continuous Md; MdN:
Continuous torque of motor in Nm
Continuous current; IdN:
Continuous current of motor in amps
Peak current:
Max. peak current of motor in amps
Motor EMF; km:
Current/torque constant in Nm/A or Vs
Tacho EMF; tacho const:
Tacho voltage in Vs, or V/rpm
nmax;n:
Rated speed of motor in rpm
(the maximum useful speed of the drive cannot differ from this)
Fig. 19: Rating plate of MAC motor
Serial numbers
Fig. 20: Rating plate of servo drive module
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
41
3. Handling the MOD programming module
Example of MOD 2
programming module labelling
Example of MOD 1
programming module labelling
MOD 1/1X077-002
Input
E1/E2
E3
E4
Contr.: TDM 1.2-100-300-W1
Motor: MAC 112D-.-FD-.-C
Current (A): peak/cont.: 100/75
Operating rpm: 6000
MA: 0,05 V/A
MOD 2/1X077-016
rpm/V
2000/10
3000/10
1500/10
Contr.: TDM 1.2-100-300-W1
Motor: MAC 112D-.-FD-.-C
Current (A): peak/cont.: 100/75
Operating rpm: 6000
MA: 0,05 V/A
Input
E1/E2
E3
E4
rpm/V
2000/10
3000/10
1500/10
OPERATING PARAMETER: PROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE INDICATED ON THE
OPERATING PARAMETER: PROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE INDICATED ON THE
MODULE MUST AGREE WITH THE DEVICES IN USE OTHERWISE LACK OF
PERFORMANCE AND DANGER OF DAMAGE MAY OCCUR
MODULE MUST AGREE WITH THE DEVICES IN USE OTHERWISE LACK OF
PERFORMANCE AND DANGER OF DAMAGE MAY OCCUR
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben
müssen mit der Installation übereinstimmen
sonst Schädigungsgefahr
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben
müssen mit der Installation übereinstimmen
sonst Schädigungsgefahr
P1
P2
P3
(E1/E2)
(E3)
(E4)
MOD 1 and MOD 2 programming module board layouts
C1
C3
R1 R2
C2
C4
R4
R3
X2
C5
R9
R5
R6
R7
R8
R10
B1
B2
P1
P2
B3
P3
Fig. 21: Module labels: MOD 1, MOD 2 for TDM 1 drive module
42
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
3. Handling the MOD programming module
Plug connector X2
2
-15VM
3
0VM
4
Peak current
limiting
1
R3
R4
R5
R6
R1
R2
5
Continuous
current limiting
-15V
7
Tacho filter
6
C1
C3
Speed controller
P-I circuit
R7
8
9
C4
R8
10
Differential input
E1/E2
P1
11
C5
B1
R9
13
Summing input
E3
C2
P2
12
B2
R10
15
Summing input
E4
14
P3
B3
Potentiometers P1, P2, P3 are not fitted to MOD 1 but shunted by B1, B2, B3
Fig. 22: Circuit diagram: MOD 1, MOD 2 for TDM 1 drive module
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
43
3. Handling the MOD programming module
Example of MOD 6
programming module labelling
Example of MOD 5
programming module labelling
MOD 5/1X026-185
Input
E1/E2
E3
E4
Contr.: TDM 2.1-30-300-W0
Motor: MAC 063D-.-RS-.-C
Current (A): peak/cont.: 17/7
Operating rpm: 6000
MA: 0,25 V/A
MOD 6/1X026-031
rpm/V
3500/9
3000/10
1500/10
Contr.: TDM 2.1-30-300-W0
Motor: MAC 063A-.-RS-.-C
Current (A): peak/cont.: 17/7
Operating rpm: 6000
MA: 0,25 V/A
Input
E1/E2
E3
E4
rpm/V
3500/9
3000/10
1500/10
OPERATING PARAMETER: PROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE INDICATED ON THE
OPERATING PARAMETER: PROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE INDICATED ON THE
MODULE MUST AGREE WITH THE DEVICES IN USE OTHERWISE LACK OF
PERFORMANCE AND DANGER OF DAMAGE MAY OCCUR
MODULE MUST AGREE WITH THE DEVICES IN USE OTHERWISE LACK OF
PERFORMANCE AND DANGER OF DAMAGE MAY OCCUR
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben
müssen mit der Installation übereinstimmen
sonst Schädigungsgefahr
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben
müssen mit der Installation übereinstimmen
sonst Schädigungsgefahr
P1
P2
P3
(E1/E2)
(E3)
(E4)
MOD 5 and MOD 6 programming module board layouts
C1
C3
R1 R2
C2
C4
R4
R3
X2
C5
R9
R5
R6
R7
R8
R10
B1
B2
P1
P2
B3
P3
Fig. 23: Module labels: MOD 5, MOD 6 for TDM 2 drive module
44
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
3. Handling the MOD programming module
Plug connector X2
2
-15VM
3
0VM
4
Peak current
limiting
1
R3
R4
R5
R6
R1
R2
5
Continuous
current limiting
-15V
7
Tacho filter
6
C1
C3
Speed controller
P-I circuit
C4
10
Differential input
E1/E2
11
C5
13
Summing input
E3
R7
8
9
C2
12
R8
P1
B1
R9
P2
B2
15
Summing input
E4
14
R10
P3
B3
Potentiometers P1, P2, P3 are not fitted to MOD 5
but shunted by B1, B2, B3
Fig. 24: Circuit diagram: MOD 5, MOD 6 for TDM 2 drive module
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
45
3. Handling the MOD programming module
Example of MOD 14
programming module labelling
Example of MOD 13
programming module labelling
MOD 13/1X012-002
Contr.: TDM 3.2-020-300-W0
Motor: MAC 090A-.-ZD-.-C
Current (A): peak/cont.: 20/15
Operating rpm: 2000
MA: 0,375 V/A
Input rpm/V:
E1/E2: 2000/10
E3:
3000/10
E4:
1500/10
MOD 14/1X012-016
Contr.: TDM 3.2-020-300-W0
Motor: MAC 090A-.-ZD-.-C
Current (A): peak/cont.: 20/15
Operating rpm: 2000
MA: 0,375 V/A
Input rpm/V:
E1/E2: 2000/10
E3:
3000/10
E4:
1500/10
OPERATING PARAMETERPROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE
INDICATED ON THE MODULE MUST AGREE WITH THE
DEVICES IN USE. OTHERWISE LACK OF PERFORMANCE
AND DANGER OF DAMAGE.
OPERATING PARAMETER-PROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE
INDICATED ON THE MODULE MUST AGREE WITH THE
DEVICES IN USE. OTHERWISE LACK OF PERFORMANCE
AND DANGER OF DAMAGE.
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben müssen
mit der Installation
übereinstimmen, sonst
Schädigungsgefahr
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben müssen mit der
Installation übereinstimmen, sonst Schädigungsgefahr
P2
P3
(E1/E2) (E3)
(E4)
P1
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
R12
R13
R10
[ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
R9
R11
[ ]
R14
P2
R15
R16
P3
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ]
R8
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ]
R7
[ ]
C7
[ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ]
C2
P1
C5
[ ]
C4
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
C1
C3
[ ]
MOD 13 and MOD 14 programming module board layouts
C6
a b
X2
16
1
Fig. 25: Module labels: MOD 13, MOD 14 for TDM 3 drive module
MOD 19, MOD 20 for TDM 6
46
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
3. Handling the MOD programming module
0VM
16ab
R12
Current controller P-I circuit
R13
C6
R3
R4
8b
8a
Peak current
limiting
13ab
Continuous
current limiting
-15VM
14ab
12ab
R5
R6
15ab
10ab
C7
Tacho filter
R1
R2
11ab
C1
R11
9ab
Speed controller
P-I circuit
7a
Differential input
E1/E2
6ab
C3
C2
R7
C4
7b
R8
P1
5ab
C5
5R11
R14
R9
Summing input
E3
4ab
P2
3ab
5R11
R15
R10
Summing input
E4
2ab
P3
1ab
5R11
R16
Potentiometers P1 - P3 are not fitted to MOD 13
Resistors R14, R15, R16 are not fitted to MOD 14
Fig. 26: Circuit diagram: MOD 13, MOD 14 for TDM 3 drive module,
MOD 19, MOD 20 for TDM 6
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
47
3. Handling the MOD programming module
Example of MOD 18
programming module labelling
Example of MOD 17
programming module labelling
Contr.:
MOD 17/1X001-193
TDM 4.1-020-300-W0
MOD 18/1X001-083
Contr.: TDM 4.1-020-300-W0
Motor: MAC 025C-.-QS-.-E
Current (A): peak/cont.: 14/7
Operating rpm: 10000 MA: 0,375 V/A
Input rpm/V:
E1/E2: 10000/10
E3:
10000/10
E4:
-------
Motor: MAC 025C-.-QS-.-E
Current (A): peak/cont.: 14/7
Operating rpm: 10000 MA: 0,375 V/A
Input rpm/V:
E1/E2: 10000/10
E3:
10000/10
E4:
--------
OPERATING PARAMETERPROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE
INDICATED ON THE MODULE MUST AGREE WITH THE
DEVICES IN USE. OTHERWISE LACK OF PERFORMANCE
AND DANGER OF DAMAGE.
OPERATING PARAMETER-PROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE
INDICATED ON THE MODULE MUST AGREE WITH THE
DEVICES IN USE. OTHERWISE LACK OF PERFORMANCE
AND DANGER OF DAMAGE.
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben müssen
mit der Installation
übereinstimmen, sonst
Schädigungsgefahr
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben müssen mit der
Installation übereinstimmen, sonst Schädigungsgefahr
P2
P3
(E1/E2) (E3)
(E4)
P1
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
R12
R13
R10
[ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
R9
R11
[ ]
R14
R15
R16
P3
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
P2
[ ]
R8
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ]
R7
[ ]
C7
[ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ]
C2
P1
C5
[ ]
C4
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
C1
C3
[ ]
MOD 17 and MOD 18 programming module board layouts
C6
a b
X2
16
1
Fig. 27: Module labels: MOD 17, MOD 18 for TDM 4 drive module,
MOD 21, MOD 22 for TDM 7
48
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
3. Handling the MOD programming module
0VM
16ab
R12
Current controller
P-I circuit
R13
C6
R3
R4
8b
8a
Peak current
limiting
13ab
Continuous
current limiting
-15VM
14ab
12ab
R5
R6
15ab
10ab
C7
Tacho filter
R1
R2
11ab
C1
R11
C2
9ab
C3
Speed controller
P-I circuit
7a
Differential input
E1/E2
6ab
R7
C4
7b
R8
P1
5ab
C5
5R11
R14
R9
Summing input
E3
4ab
P2
3ab
5R11
R15
R10
Summing input
E4
2ab
P3
1ab
5R11
R16
Potentiometers P1 - P3 are not fitted to MOD 17
Resistors R14, R15, R16 are not fitted to MOD 18
Fig. 28: Circuit diagram: MOD 17, MOD 18 for TDM 4 drive module,
MOD 21, MOD 22 for TDM 7
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
49
3. Handling the MOD programming module
Example of MOD 4
programming module labelling
Example of MOD 3
programming module labelling
OPERATING PARAMETER: PROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE INDICATED ON THE
OPERATING PARAMETER: PROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE INDICATED ON THE
MODULE MUST AGREE WITH THE DEVICES IN USE OTHERWISE LACK OF
PERFORMANCE AND DANGER OF DAMAGE MAY OCCUR
MODULE MUST AGREE WITH THE DEVICES IN USE OTHERWISE LACK OF
PERFORMANCE AND DANGER OF DAMAGE MAY OCCUR
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben
müssen mit der Installation übereinstimmen
sonst Schädigungsgefahr
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben
müssen mit der Installation übereinstimmen
sonst Schädigungsgefahr
P1
P2
(E1/E2)
(E3)
Input
E1/E2
E3
E4
(E4)
MOD 4/1X022-016
MOD 3/1X022-002
Contr.: KDS 1.1-150-300-W1
Motor: MAC 112D-.-FD-.-C
Current (A): peak/cont.: 130/55
Operating rpm: 2000
MA: 0,05 V/A
P3
rpm/V
2000/10
3000/10
1500/10
Contr.: KDS 1.1-150-300-W1
Motor: MAC 112D-.-FD-.-C
Current (A): peak/cont.: 130/55
Operating rpm: 2000
MA: 0,05 V/A
Input
E1/E2
E3
E4
MOD 3 and MOD 4 programming module board layouts
C1
C3
C2
R3
R4
R1
R2
P3
R11
P1
P2
B3
B1
C6
C4
R10
R9
R8
R6
R5
R7
C5
B2
C7
X2
Fig. 29: Module labels: MOD 3, MOD 4 for KDS 1 drive module
50
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
rpm/V
2000/10
3000/10
1500/10
3. Handling the MOD programming module
Plug connector X2
14b
-15VM
14a
0VM
12b
Peak current
limiting
16b
R3
R4
R5
R6
R1
R2
12a
Continuous
current limiting
-15V
10a
Tacho filter
16a
R11
C1
C2
2b
C3
Speed controller
P-I circuit
8a
C4
R8
6a
Differential input
E1/E2
P1
8b
C5
C6 C7
6b
Summing input
E3
R7
10b
4a
B1
R9
P2
B2
4b
Summing input
E4
2a
R10
P3
B3
Potentiometers P1, P2, P3 are not fitted to MOD 3
but shunted by B1, B2, B3
Fig. 30: Circuit diagram: MOD 3, MOD 4 for KDS 1 drive module
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
51
4. User inputs/outputs
4. User
inputs/outputs
Terminal on servo drive module:
Maximum values
of applied
DC voltage
TDM 1
TDM 2
TDM 3
TDM 6
TDM 4
TDM 7
KDS1
Input
Function
X5/1
-X5/2
X42/1
-X42/2
X50/1
-X50/2
X26/1
-X26/2
E1-E2
Differential input for
set-point
- 10 to + 10 volts
X5/3
X42/4
X50/4
X26/4
E3
Summing input for
set-point with respect to 0VM
- 10 to + 10 volts
X5/4
X42/5
X50/5
X26/5
E4
Summing input for
set-point with respect to 0VM
- 10 to + 10 volts
X5/7
X43/3
X49/3
X25/3
RF
Controller enable not active.
0 to 3 Volt or
After controller enabling signal open input
is disconnected only differential
input is immediately set to zero
internally. The drive still remains
under active control for about
300 ms after the controller enabling
signal is switched off.
Controller enabling signal active. 3 to 30 volts
Drive under control
(0,3 to 3 mA)
X5/13
X42/8
X50/8
X26/8
Ired
External torque and current
limiting by applying an analogue
voltage
0 to 10 volts
(see Section 2.3)
Fig. 31: Servo drive module inputs
Input at RF terminal
(external controller
enable)
3 … 30V
0V
Drive on
Drive
free of torque
Internal enable
300 ms
Ext. set-point at terminal E1 - E2
Set-point conditioning
Set-point switched
internally to 0 rpm
ENA7A-verzAb
Fig. 32: Delayed disconnection of controller enabling signal
52
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
0V
4. User inputs/outputs
Terminal on servo drive module:
TDM 1
TDM 2
TDM 3
TDM 6
TDM 4
TDM 7
KDS1
Output
Function
Maximum values of
DC voltage/current
X5/5
-X5/6
X43/1
-X43/2
X49/1
-X49/2
X25/1
-X25/2
Bb - Bb
Signals ready state of
drive if contact is closed.
Servo drive is OK.
(Do not confuse
this message with the
Bb1 contact of the
power supply module)
Relay contact
rated for
24 V/1 A max.
X5/10
X5/12
X43/7
X43/9
X49/6
X49/8
X25/7
X25/9
+ 15 VM
- 15 VM
Control voltage
for external use
15 mA max.
X5/11,
X43/8
X49/7
X25/8
0 VM
Reference potential
for all inputs/outputs
except E1-E2 and Bb-Bb
X5/14
X42/10
X50/10
X26/10
MA
Master output,
torque of current
set-point for
Measurement of drive
performance or as set-point
output signal for slave drive
in a master/slave drive system
(see Section 2.4)
Max. output
0 to 10 V, 1 mA
(See footnote (1)
for kMA weighting)
X5/15
X42/13
X50/13
X26/13
Tsense
Speed actual-value (tacho)
Max. output
0 to 10 V
(See footnote (2)
for weighting)
——
——
——
X25/10
-X25/11
TÜ-TÜ
Output signals unit
is overheating
(Temperature pre-warning),
if contact is open.
Relay contact
rated for
24 V, 1 A max.
——
X43/10
X49/9
——
TÜ
Output signals unit
is overheating
(temperature pre-warning)
if open-collector output
is low resistance at 0 V.
Drive package is switched off
after 30 seconds.
Weighting
values
24V, 100 mA max.
(1) Weighting kMA of this output MA can be
obtained from the rating plate of the programming module
under „MA“ in V/A or the table in Section 10.2.
The torque can be can calculated from this as follows:
U(MA)
M = km * ———
kMA
in Nm
km:
current torque constant in Nm/A from
Section 10.1
U(MA): voltage V measured at MA output
(2) The internal resistance of the output is 20 kilohms.
The weighting of this output depends on the rated speed of the motor
(obtainable from Section 10.1 or rating plate):
Max.
motor speed
in rpm
1600
3200
6400
12000
Rating plate details
(Motor)
in Vs/ rad
Tacho voltage at
Tsense output in
volts per 1000 rpm
0,0572
0.0286
0.0143
0.00715
6
3
1.5
0.75
Fig. 33: Servo drive module outputs
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
53
5. Connections and Installation
5. Connections
and Installation
5.1. Protection of
Personnel and
Equipment
The guidelines as listed in Chapter 6.1 on protection of
personnel, equipment and machinery when connecting,
assembling and testing the drives must be followed.
5.2. Assembly
5.2.1.
Preferred arrangement
of modular units within
the control cabinet
Both the servo drive module and its supply module are flush mounting
equipment, as outlined in DIN VDE 0160, Sections 5.5.1.3 and 6.5.1.3.
This means that they are intended for mounting in a control cabinet. IP
10 is their protection category.
The control cabinet housing should, in accordance with those safety
guidelines valid for this application, guarantee sufficient protection
against hazards in areas where the general public has access. (For
industrial applications, e.g, see EN 60204/DIN VDE 0113, Section 1.)
Only properly trained personnel with proper tools or keys should have
access to the interior of the control cabinet.
The modular units should, if possible, be arranged as depicted in Figure
34. The drives with high power and voltages should be located as close
as possible to the supply unit.
If the ventilated servo drive modules TDM3 and TDM 4 (type designation
TDM 3.2-030-300-W1, or TDM 4.1-030-300-W1) or TDM 6 and TDM 7
(type designation TDM 6.1-025-300-W1, or TDM 7.1-025-300-W1)
– are arranged on the left side of the drive packet, or,
– are mounted on the left side at a distance greater than 10 mm from an
adjacent module,
then a cooling baffle (INDRAMAT mat. no. 224 869) must be screwed
onto the heatsink on the left side of the unit. (Also see the dimensions
sheet for the servo-drive module.) Only this arrangement guarantees
that the fan will provide sufficient cooling.
The end plug, found in the accessories set of the supply module, is
plugged into contact strip X1 located in the unit farthest away from the
supply module.
It monitors the line connection X1.
It is also possible to arrange the drive module with supply modules on the
right and line up the drive modules on the left.
54
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
5. Connections and Installation
TBM
or
TCM
KDV
or
TVM
KDA
2 twisted lines
KDS
TDM
1
TDM
2
MOD
MOD
MOD
TCM
TCM
TDM TDM TDM
3
3
4
M
O
D
M
O
D
TCM
M
O
D
ENA3A-Anordnung
Figure 34: The preferred drive module arrangement
5.2.2. Front View with
Accessories
Figures 35 through 40 depict a front view of the individual servo drive
modules with electrical connecting accessories and programming module MOD.
The components needed for the electrical connections are a part of the
„electrical connecting accessories“ supplied by INDRAMAT.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
55
5. Connections and Installation
Servo drive module
X8
RESET
AC POWER OUTPUT
Motoranschluß
DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE
A2
Electrical connecting accessories
and programming module
S1
+24V
±15V
BLC1
BLC2
BLC3
Tacho
A1
POWER
RF
Bb
TS
BS
A3
WARNING
300 VDC INPUT
DISCHARGE TIME
Entladezeit > 1 Min.
POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT
VOLTAGE RATING, MUST
NOT EXCEED POWER
INPUT VOLTAGE DATA
Nur mit Versorgungseinheit
gleicher od. kleinerer
POWER-Spannungsangabe betreiben
L-
Busbar
L+
Spannungs- und
isolationsgeprüft
nach DIN VDE 0160
Bus connection X1
ATTENTION!
NEVER REMOVE OR INSTALL THIS
PLUGS WHILE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED.
BLACK CABLE ON THE BOTTOM!
Verbindung nie unter Spannung
lösen bzw. stecken.
Schwarze Leitung immer unten!
AC SERVO
CONTROLLER
TDM ...-30-300-W0
236226
K39/91
X1
SN240060-02029 A01
Programming Module MOD with Rating Plate
Contr.: TDM 1.2-100-300-W1
Motor: MAC 112D-.-FD-.-C
Current (A): peak/cont.: 100/75
Operating rpm: 2000 MA: 0,05 V/A
MOD 1/1X077-002
Input
rpm/V
E1/E2 2000/10
E3
2000/10
E4
2000/10
POSITION FOR OPERATING PARAMETER
PROGRAMMING MODULE, PLUG IN
CORRECT MODULE, BEFORE START UP
Platz für Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul. Vor dem Einschalten korrektes
Modul einstecken.
OPERATING PARAMETER: PROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE INDICATED ON THE MODULE MUST AGREE
WITH THE DEVISES IN USE. OTHERWISE LACK OF PERFORMANCE
AND DANGER OF DAMAGE MAY OCCUR
X2
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben müssen mit der
Offset
adjustment
Installation übereinstimmen, sonst Schädigungsgefahr.
X5
Plug-in terminal
ZERO ADJ
Input - Output
+15V
0VM
-15V
E1
E2
E3
E4
Bb
Bb
Tacho RF
BLC1 0VM
BLC2 +15V
BLC3 0VM
0VM -15V
Ired
MA
Tsense
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1 2
3
4 5
6
7 8
9 10
X6
Feedback
ENA3A-FrontanTDM1/2
Figure 35: Front view of servo drive modules TDM1 and TDM2 with accessories
56
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
5. Connections and Installation
Servo drive module
Spannungs- und
isolationsgeprüft
nach DIN VDE 0160
HIGH VOLTAGE WITHOUT POWER
DO NOT OPERATE
X8
Motoranschluß
A1
A2
DISCHARGE TIME DANGER
Entladezeit > 1 Min.
MOTOR POWER
Electrical connecting accessories
and programming module
RESET
S1
A3
Busbar
L-
+24V
±15V
BLC1
BLC2
BLC3
Tacho
PWR
RF
Bb
TS
BS
300 VDC INPUT
AS
Bus connection X1
L+
ATTENTION!
NEVER REMOVE OR INSTALL THIS
PLUGS WHILE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED.
BLACK CABLE ON THE BOTTOM!
Verbindung nie unter Spannung
lösen bzw. stecken.
Schwarze Leitung immer unten!
AC SERVO
CONTROLLER
TDM 3.2-020-300-W0
236226
K39/91
X1
SN240060-02029 A01
POSITION FOR OPERATING PARAMETER
PROGRAMMING MODULE, PLUG IN
CORRECT MODULE, BEFORE START UP
Platz für Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul. Vor dem Einschalten korrektes
Modul einstecken.
Programming Module MOD with Rating Plate
MOD 13/1X012-002
Contr.: TDM 3.2-020-300-W0
Motor: MAC 090A-.-ZD-.-C
Current (A): peak/cont.: 20/15
Operating rpm: 2000 MA:
0,375 V/A
Input rpm/V:
E1/E2: 2000/10
E3: 3000/10
E4:
1500/10
Offset
adjustment
OPERATING PARAMETER: PROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE INDICATED ON THE
MODULE MUST AGREE
WITH THE DEVISES IN USE. OTHERWISE LACK OF PERFORMANCE
AND DANGER OF DAMAGE MAY OCCUR
6
7
8
8
X43
Bb
Bb
RF
+24VL
0VL
7
9
9
10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Input - Output
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12 13
Iist
Tsense
5
6
Ired
FB
MA
4
5
E3
E4
0VM
+15VM
3
4
X42
2
3
E1
E2
1
2
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
TÜ
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Feedback
Plug-in terminals
1
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
0VM
Tacho
X41
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben müssen mit der
Installation übereinstimmen, sonst Schädigungsgefahr.
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
ZERO ADJ
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Input - Output
ENA3A-FrontanTDM3
Figure 36: Front view of servo drive module TDM 3 with accessories
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
57
5. Connections and Installation
Servo Drive Module
Spannungs- und
isolationsgeprüft
nach DIN VDE 0160
DO NOT OPERATE
WITHOUT POWER
X8
A2
DISCHARGE TIME DANGER
Entladezeit > 1 Min.
MOTOR POWER
Electrical Connecting Accessories
and Programming Module
A3
Busbar
RESET
S1
HIGH VOLTAGE
Motoranschluß
A1
L-
+24V
±15V
BLC1
BLC2
BLC3
Tacho
PWR
RF
Bb
TS
BS
300 VDC INPUT
AS
Bus connection X1
L+
ATTENTION!
NEVER REMOVE OR INSTALL THIS
PLUGS WHILE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED.
BLACK CABLE ON THE BOTTOM!
Verbindung nie unter Spannung
lösen bzw. stecken.
Schwarze Leitung immer unten!
AC SERVO
CONTROLLER
TDM 4.1-020-300-W0
236226
Programming Module MOD with Rating Plate
K39/91
POSITION FOR OPERATING PARAMETER
PROGRAMMING MODULE, PLUG IN
CORRECT MODULE, BEFORE START UP
Platz für Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul. Vor dem Einschalten korrektes
Modul einstecken.
MOD 17/1X001-193
Contr.: TDM 4.1-020-300-W0
Motor: MAC 025C-.-QS-.-E
Current (A): peak/cont.: 14/7
Operating rpm: 10000 MA:
0,375 V/A
Input rpm/V:
E1/E2: 10000/10
E3: 10000/10
E4:
----------
OPERATING PARAMETER: PROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE INDICATED ON THE
MODULE MUST AGREE
WITH THE DEVISES IN USE. OTHERWISE LACK OF PERFORMANCE
AND DANGER OF DAMAGE MAY OCCUR
3
4
5
6
7
HS 1
HS 2
HS 3
+15VM
0VM
X48
8
9
10
X49
Bb
Bb
RF
24VL
0VL
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
TÜ
2
T0
T1
T2
T3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Feedback
Plug-in terminals
1
Offset
adjustment
ZERO ADJ
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben müssen mit der
Installation übereinstimmen, sonst Schädigungsgefahr.
X1
SN241060-02030 A01
5
6
3
4
5
6
7
8
7
8
9
1
2
9
10
11 12 13
Iist
Tsense
4
Ired
FB
MA
3
E3
E4
0VM
+15VM
2
E1
E2
1
X50
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Input - Output
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Input - Output
ENA3A-FrontanTDM4
Figure 37: Front view of servo drive module TDM 4 with accessories
58
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
5. Connections and Installation
Plug-in terminals
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12 13
14
Servo drive module
15
Spannungs- und
isolationsgeprüft
nach DIN VDE 0160
X8
DO NOT OPERATE
WITHOUT POWER
3
TMO
TMO
BRI+
BRIBROBRO+
TMI
TMI
2
ASQ
ASQ
AS2
AS1
frei
1
A2
DISCHARGE TIME
DANGER
Entladezeit > 1 Min.
MOTOR POWER
Electrical Connecting Accessories
and Programming Module
RESET
S1
HIGH VOLTAGE
Motoranschluß
A1
A3
Busbar
L-
+24V
±15V
BLC1
BLC2
BLC3
Tacho
PWR
RF
Bb
TS
BS
300 VDC INPUT
AS
Bus connection X1
L+
ATTENTION!
NEVER REMOVE OR INSTALL THIS
PLUGS WHILE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED.
BLACK CABLE ON THE BOTTOM!
Verbindung nie unter Spannung
lösen bzw. stecken.
Schwarze Leitung immer unten!
AC SERVO
CONTROLLER
TDM 6.1-020-300-W0
236226
K39/91
X1
SN240060-02029 A01
POSITION FOR OPERATING PARAMETER
PROGRAMMING MODULE, PLUG IN
CORRECT MODULE, BEFORE START UP
Platz für Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul. Vor dem Einschalten korrektes
Modul einstecken.
programming Module MOD with Rating Plate
MOD 19/1X012-002
Contr.: TDM 6.1-020-300-W0
Motor: MAC 090A-.-ZD-.-C
Current (A): peak/cont.: 20/15
Operating rpm: 2000 MA:
0,375 V/A
Input rpm/V:
E1/E2: 2000/10
E3: 3000/10
E4:
1500/10
OPERATING PARAMETER: PROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE INDICATED ON THE
ZERO ADJ
5
6
7
8
8
9
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12 13
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
TÜ
7
X43
6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Input - Output
Ired
FB
MA
Iist
Tsense
4
5
E3
E4
0VM
+15VM
3
4
X42
2
3
E1
E2
1
2
Bb
Bb
RF
+24VL
0VL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Feedback
Plug-in terminals
1
Offset
adjustment
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
0VM
Tacho
Installation übereinstimmen, sonst Schädigungsgefahr.
X41
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben müssen mit der
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
MODULE MUST AGREE
WITH THE DEVISES IN USE. OTHERWISE LACK OF PERFORMANCE
AND DANGER OF DAMAGE MAY OCCUR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Input - Output
FrontanTDM6
Figure 38: Front view of servo drive module TDM 6 with accessories
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
59
5. Connections and Installation
Plug-in terminals
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12 13
14
15
Servo drive module
Spannungs- und
isolationsgeprüft
nach DIN VDE 0160
X8
DO NOT OPERATE
4
HIGH VOLTAGE WITHOUT POWER
3
TMO
TMO
BRI+
BRIBROBRO+
TMI
TMI
2
ASQ
ASQ
AS2
AS1
frei
1
Motoranschluß
A1
A2
DISCHARGE TIME DANGER
Entladezeit > 1 Min.
MOTOR POWER
Electrical Connecting Accessories
and Programming Module
A3
Busbar
RESET
S1
L-
+24V
±15V
BLC1
BLC2
BLC3
Tacho
PWR
RF
Bb
TS
BS
300 VDC INPUT
AS
Bus connection X1
L+
ATTENTION!
NEVER REMOVE OR INSTALL THIS
PLUGS WHILE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED.
BLACK CABLE ON THE BOTTOM!
Verbindung nie unter Spannung
lösen bzw. stecken.
Schwarze Leitung immer unten!
AC SERVO
CONTROLLER
TDM 7.1-020-300-W0
236226
Programming Module MOD with Rating Plate
K39/91
POSITION FOR OPERATING PARAMETER
PROGRAMMING MODULE, PLUG IN
CORRECT MODULE, BEFORE START UP
Platz für Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul. Vor dem Einschalten korrektes
Modul einstecken.
MOD 21/1X005-123
Contr.: TDM 7.1-020-300-W0
Motor: MAC 025C-.-QS-.-E
Current (A): peak/cont.: 14 / 7
Operating rpm: 10000 MA:
0,375 V/A
Input rpm/V:
E1/E2: 10000/10
E3: 10000/10
E4:
----------
OPERATING PARAMETER: PROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE INDICATED ON THE
MODULE MUST AGREE
WITH THE DEVISES IN USE. OTHERWISE LACK OF PERFORMANCE
AND DANGER OF DAMAGE MAY OCCUR
3
4
5
6
7
8
HS 1
HS 2
HS 3
+15VM
0VM
X48
9
X49
Bb
Bb
RF
24VL
0VL
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
TÜ
2
T0
T1
T2
T3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Feedback
Plug-in terminals
1
Offset
adjustment
ZERO ADJ
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben müssen mit der
Installation übereinstimmen, sonst Schädigungsgefahr.
X1
SN241060-02030 A01
10
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12 13
Tsense
4
4
Ired
FB
MA
Iist
3
3
E3
E4
0VM
+15VM
2
E1
E2
1
X50
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Input - Output
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Input - Output
FrontanTDM7
Figure 39: Front view of servo drive module TDM 7 with accessories
60
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
5. Connections and Installation
Servo drive module
in cold-running technology
X8
RESET
S1
S1
A1
AC POWER OUTPUT
Motoranschluß
DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE
A2
Electrical Connecting Accessories
and Programming Module
+24V
±15V
BLC1
BLC2
BLC3
Tacho
POWER
RF
Bb
A3
WARNING
300 VDC INPUT
DISCHARGE TIME
Entladezeit > 1 Min.
POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT
VOLTAGE RATING, MUST
NOT EXCEED POWER
INPUT VOLTAGE DATA
Nur mit Versorgungseinheit
gleicher od. kleinerer
POWER-Spannungsangabe betreiben
LBusbar
Bus connection X1
L+
Spannungs- und
isolationsgeprüft
nach DIN VDE 0160
ATTENTION!
NEVER REMOVE OR INSTALL THIS
PLUGS WHILE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED.
BLACK CABLE ON THE BOTTOM!
Verbindung nie unter Spannung
lösen bzw. stecken.
Schwarze Leitung immer unten!
CONTROLLER
AC SERVO
KDS 1.1-100-300-W1
BS
TS
TÜ
236226
K39/91
X1
SN255060-02060 A01
Programming Module MOD with Rating Plate
OPERATING PARAMETER: PROGRAMMING MODULE
ATTENTION: MOTOR AND CONTROLLER-TYPE INDICATED ON THE MODULE MUST AGREE
WITH THE DEVISES IN USE. OTHERWISE LACK OF PERFORMANCE
AND DANGER OF DAMAGE MAY OCCUR
Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul
Achtung: Motor- und Verstärkertypenangaben müssen mit der
Installation übereinstimmen, sonst Schädigungsgefahr.
POSITION FOR OPERATING PARAMETER
PROGRAMMING MODULE, PLUG IN
CORRECT MODULE, BEFORE START UP
Platz für Betriebsdaten-Programmierungsmodul. Vor dem Einschalten korrektes
Modul einstecken.
MOD 3/1X077-002
Input
rpm/V
E1/E2 2000/10
E3
2000/10
E4
2000/10
Plug-in terminals
BLC3
BLC2
0VM
Offset
adjustment
TÜ
TÜ
10
-15V
Input - Output
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
1 2 3
4
5
6
X25
7 8 9 10 11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0VM
MA
Ired
0VM
E4
E3
E2
E1
X3
1
ZERO
ADJ
Tsense
9
0VM
8
+15V
7
X24
5 6 7 8 9 10
0VL
6
4
24VL
5
RF
4
Bb
3
Bb
2
BLC1
Feedback
1 2 3
1
Tacho
-15V
0VM
X2
+15V
Contr.: KDS 1.1-100-300-W1
Motor: MAC 112D-.-FD-.-C
Current (A): peak/cont.: 100/75
Operating rpm: 2000 MA: 0,15 V/A
X26
Input - Output
11 12 13
1 2
3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
ENA3A-FrontanKDS
Figure 40: Front view of servo drive module KDS1 with accessories
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
61
5. Connections and Installation
5.2.3. Servo drive module
KDS in cold-running
technology
Servo drive module KDS in cold-running technology has the advantage
that most of the heat loss of the modular units is fed directly out and does
not accumulate inside the control cabinet. This is why the cold-runnng
technology version can be built into small cabinets or housing without
necessitating the extensive transmission of heat via an expensive heat
exchanger.
Ventilation can be forced using an external fan, which can be supplied as
an additional set, if power requirements are greater.
external
internal
The electrical parts of the ventilation are protectively located within the
control cabinet, as depicted in Figure 41. The heatsink of the power
section and the fan rotor are outside of the control cabinet or housing.
fan hood
heat loss
Servo drive module
KDS
heatsink
ext. fan
Fan motor
completely sealed
housing or cabinet
ENA3A-KDS/Verlust
Figure 41: The KDS servo drive module KDS cold module drive in cold-running
technology built into control cabinet
The units are mounted by means of a mounting frame in a space on the
back wall of the control cabinet in such a way that the drive heatsink with
panelling juts out of the control cabinet.
The opening in the control cabinet is tightly sealed with a gasket at the
mounting flange of the cold-running version (see mounting drawing,
Figure 52, in Chapter 5.2.4). The servo drive module and the external fan
are mounted and can be exchanged on the inside of the control cabinet.
62
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
5. Connections and Installation
5.2.4. Power Reduction
for Increased Temperature
and Installation Altitude
The data listed on the data sheets and selection lists are valid without
restriction, if the servo drive module is operated within an ambient
temperature range inside the control cabinet of +5 to +45°C.
Maximum permissible ambient temperature is +55°C.
The values for mean motor current and torque listed in the data sheets
are reduced by 2% per degree Celsius or Kelvin of temperature change
within the temperature range of +45 ... 55°C.
Maximum mounting altitude is 1000 meters above sea level. The
following diagram depicts the reduction in values for mean motor current
and torque at higher altitudes:
Altitude factor [%]
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Assembly altitude above sea level [m]
HöhenReduz
Figure 41a: Altitude-dependent reduction in drive data.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
63
5. Connections and Installation
5.2.5. Dimensions sheet
and mounting dimensions
for servo drive modules
The following figures list mounting dimensions and outline the mounting
of the servo drive modules:
Overview of
Dimensions Data
Dimension sheet:
Figure:
——————————————————————————–––––––––
Dimension sheet TDM 1, TDM 2
Fig. 42
Mounting dimensions TDM 1, TDM 2
Fig. 43
Dimension sheet TDM 3, TDM 4,
Dimension sheet TDM 6, TDM 7
Dimensions for fan attached to modular units
TDM 3, TDM 4, TDM 6, TDM 7
Mounting dimensions TDM 3, TDM 4, TDM 6, TDM 7
Assembly TDM 1, TDM 2, TDM 3, TDM 4,
TDM 6, TDM 7
Fig. 44
Fig. 45
Fig. 46
Fig. 47
Fig. 48
Dimension sheet KDS 1
Fig. 49
Dimensions for available space and arrangement KDS 1 Fig. 50
Mounting dimensions KDS 1
Fig. 51
Assembly KDS 1
Fig. 52
———————————————————————————––––––––
The minimum clearance to adjacent units must be absolutely maintained
to guarantee sufficient heat transmission and circulation.
The temperature within the mounting area (interior) of the control cabinet
should not exceed 45°C. Forced ventilation, to avoid dammed up heat,
as well as a reduction in the max. unit current, by 2.5% / K., become
necessary with higher values, up to max. 55°C.
If a cing device is used, then the internal temperature of the control
cabinet must be maintained at a minimum of 2 degrees Celsius above
external temperatures to prevent bedewing. Bedewing of a printed
circuit board can cause drive failure.
Heat-producing built-in parts should not be installed directly underneath
the servo drive module.
64
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
a minimum of 80 mm
for ventilating air inlet
safety guard
355
20
Starting torque M (Nm) for terminal bolt: M6 = 5 Nm
A
Starting torque M A (Nm) for terminal bolt: M5 = 3 Nm
Starting torque M A (Nm) for terminal bolt: M5 = 1,5 Nm
ventilating air inlet
only applies to
model with fan
ventilating air outlet
325
12
60
X6
X5
X2
105
7
7
373
9
a minimum 80 mm
for ventilating air outlet
5. Connections and Installation
ENA3A-TDM1/2/Maßblatt aus 109-0525-3002-3
Figure 42: Dimension sheet for TDM 1 and TDM 2
65
390
17
390
373
completely sealed
housing or cabinet
325
min. 80
355
min. 400
min. 2
min. 80
TVM
TDM
TDM
7
60
TDM
105
TDM
105
ENA3A-TDM1/Einbau
min. 80
5. Connections and Installation
min. 80
Figure 43: Mounting dimensions for TDM 1 and TDM2
66
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
X1
70
ZERO-ADJ
7
Programmung
module
X8
L+
L-
A3
A2
Zero-point
adjustment
speed control
Controller current
supply
LED -Display
RESET
Starting torque MA (Nm) for terminal bolts
: M5 = 3 Nm
Starting torque MA (Nm) for terminal bolt X8: M6 = 5 Nm
Starting torque MA (Nm) for terminal bolt X8: M5 = 3 Nm
Feedback
max. 1,5 mm
Ready-to-operate
and control voltages
max. 1,5 mm
Set-point
max. 1,5 mm
Direct current voltage
( 2 x M5 )
Motor connection
( 3 x M6 )
S1
A1
373 +1
9
ventilating air inlet
326
heatsink
ventilating air outlet
325
safety guard
80 mm minimum for
ventilating air outlet
80 mm minimum for
ventilating air inlet
355
A cooling baffle is only then required,
if the unit
- is located on the
left side of the drive
package, or,
- is mounted on the
view without guard
left side with a distance
12
greater than 10 mm from an
7
adjacent unit.
5
(Cooling baffle with screws
INDRAMAT mat. no.: 224 869
must be ordered separately.)
M5
5. Connections and Installation
TDM3/4/Maßblatt
Figure 44: Dimension sheet for TDM 3 and TDM4
67
390
TDM6/7/Maßblatt
Figure 45: Dimension sheet for TDM 6 and TDM7
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
Safety guard
Operating inputs,
messages
15 poles, max. 1,5 mm 2
Feedback
max. 1,5 mm
Ready-to-operate
and control voltages
max. 1,5 mm
Set-point
max. 1,5 mm
Direct current voltage
( 2 x M5 )
Motor connection
( 3 x M6 )
X1
S1
70
7
Programming
module
ZERO-ADJ
X8
L+
L-
A3
A2
A1
Zero-point
adjustment
speed control
Controller current
supply
LED -Display
RESET
M5
128
5
48
7
view without guard
12
373 +1
9
68
Safety guard
80 mm minimum for
ventilating air outlet
80 mm minimum for
ventilating air inlet
Starting torque MA (Nm) for terminal bolt
: M5 = 3 Nm
Starting torque MA (Nm) for terminal bolt X8: M6 = 5 Nm
Starting torque MA (Nm) for terminal bolt X8: M5 = 3 Nm
326
ventilating air inlet
heatsink
ventilating air outlet
325
355
A cooling baffle is only then required,
if the controller
- is located on the left side
left side of the
drive package, or,
- is mounted on the
left side with a distance
greater than 10 mm from
an adjacent unit.
(Cooling baffle with screws
INDRAMAT mat. no.: 224 869
must be ordered separately)
5. Connections and Installation
390
5. Connections and Installation
Standard model
24V-Connection
TDM ...
min. 200
80
Fan unit LE 5-024 (24V-Fan)
61
65,5
290,5
Obsolete model
TDM ...
min. 200
F7
X73
80
Fan unit LE 5 (115V- or 220V-Fan)
X74
290,5
61
65,5
LE5
Fig. 46: Dimensions for mounted fan TDM 3, TDM 4, TDM 6, TDM 7
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
69
min. 80
5. Connections and Installation
390
70
7
105
60
completely sealed
housing or cabinet
325
min. 80
355
min. 400
min. 2
min. 80
TVM
92±0,5
TDM
TDM
TDM
TDM
74±0,5
TDM
373
min. 80
TDM3/4/Einbau
Figure 47: Diagram for flush mounting in TDM3, TDM4, TDM6, TDM7
70
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
5. Connections and Installation
Hexagon cap screwdriver 906q/SW5x400-46185
Mat. No. 221 672/0
(supplied upon request)
Cheese head screw M6-DIN 912
(Screw with hexagonal recessed hole)
Mounting plate or
back wall of control cabinet
TDM/Montage
Figure 48: Mounting TDM1, TDM2, TDM3, TDM4, TDM6, TDM7
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
71
325
355
8
150
heatsink
Flat gasket ring
10
14
(185 with fan shell)
160 without fan shell
345
23
72
80
M8
373 ±0,2
390
KDS 1.1
F5
Figure 49: Dimension sheet for KDS1
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
max. total weight
M1-KD
Fan unit LE 4
Drive module
Mechanical assembly kit
Unit
Table of weights
X13
L+
L-
A3
A2
A1
14,4kg
50A
15,2kg
100A
15,4kg
150A
approx. 21,1kg approx. 21,3kg
1,7kg
4,2kg
X14a
X14b
MA = Starting torque (Nm)
for terminal bolt:
A1, A2, A3 = M6; MA = 5 Nm
L-, L+
= M5; MA = 3 Nm
= 2xM5-Ms; MA = 2,5 Nm
approx. 20kg approx. 20,3kg
14,1kg
X25
X1
H2
H1
X24
X2
S1
30 A
X26
MOD 3/4
X9
X8
SW5
5. Connections and Installation
KDS/Maßblatt aus 109-0575-3001-03
safety guard
5. Connections and Installation
View from inside the control cabinet
110±0,5
4 x ø5
110±0,5
110±0,5
11
15
96±0,5
=
=
403±0,2
86+1
Space for
additional
KD-Moduls;
dimensions
as with unit 1
50+1
351+1
373±0,2
Space
for
KDS, KDV
and KDA
Space for an external fan
is only needed in controllers
with forced ventilation
115
9
133±0,2
18
6 x ø5
=
=
92±0,2
92
KDS/Ausbruch
Figure 50: Dimensions for spacing and arranging KDS1
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
73
min. 80
355
min. 200
Completely sealed
housing or cabinet
Fan motor
Disassembly direction
KD module mounting frame
325
min. 2
18
min. 80
Bleeder safety shell for KDV
and air shaft for unit with
forced ventilation
Mounting frame fan
External fan
160 at KDS/KDV
without ext. fan
heatsink
Direction of
air current
185
69
421
74
174
min. 400
X15
F6
KDV
X15
F6
KDS
F6
KDS
105
KDS
Fan for controller with forced ventilation
X15
KDS
110
min. 80
5. Connections and Installation
KDS/Einbau
Figure 51: Mounting diagram for KDS1
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
Hexagonal recess
with SW5
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
Cheese head screw / 4x
M4x18Z4-1 DIN912 (1)
Fan for forced ventilation (1)
To be used in units with W1 type of
ventilation see Selection List
Note the conductive connection
(2) Contact disc M4/4x
between the back wall of the control
cabinet and the mounting frame!
Cheese head screw / 4x
M4x16 DIN912 (2)
Cheese head screw / 2x
M4x14Z4 DIN912 (1)
Opening for additional KD module
Screw thread M8
185
Fan mounting frame (1)
Finger guard (1)
KD module mounting frame (2)
Parts labelled (2) are part
of the accessories kit M1
Parts labelled (1) are part
of the fan construction kit.
Back wall of housing
Housing and cabinet design
Space for additional fan
Screw thread M4
69
Air shaft (1)
required for forced
ventilation with fan
5. Connections and Installation
KDS/Montage
Figure 52: Mounting of KDS1
75
5. Connections and Installation
5.3. Connecting and
wiring the servo drive
module
The servo drive module connection, the plug and terminal box assignments of the MAC motors and the line assignments of the cable
connections are depicted in the figures of Chapter 5.6.
The individual guidelines outlined in Chapters 5.3.1 through 5.3.8.
should be followed.
5.3.1. Mains connection
The mains connection and the control switch approppriate and recommended for it depend upon the supply module used and are, therefore,
outlined in the corresponding supply module description.
5.3.2. Connection
accessories as supplied
Remove the following from the accessories as supplied:
– link-circuit busbar for L+ and L- connections,
– end plug X1,
– the plug-in terminals on the drive module for the analogue interfaces
and the motor feedback connection, as well as,
– the flat belt bus cable for the low-tension bus plug X1 connections. The
black lines of bus cable X1 should be at the bottom, once everything has
been plugged in.
The end plug for line monitoring, which is a part of the accessories kit for
the supply module, should be plugged into the last modular unit (the unit
located farthest away).
5.3.3. Power connections
Line cross-sections should be selected in a size sufficient to avoid any
line overloading in the event that maximum ambient temperature and the
corresponding currents should occur. (Recommendations can be found
in DIN VDE 0113, or EN 60204, Section 1.)
The cross-sections of all lines at power connections must be twisted and
have a sufficient size, namely:
– Lines to additional bleeder module TBM must be twisted with a crosssection of at least 6mm2 (line length max. 2m).
– Lines to the additional TCM capacities must be twisted with a crosssection of at least 10mm2 (see (1), 6 mm2 with TVM) (max. line length
of 0.5m).
– Adjacent drive modules are usually connected via the intermediate
circuit busbar, a part of the connecting accessories. If this should not in
some cases be possible, then the connection must be laid out in twisted
lines which are as short as possible (max length 1m). A minimum crosssection of 10mm2 suffices in this case (see (1), 6 mm2 with the TVM).
– Intermediate circuit throttles of the „GLD“ type should be connected to
the supply module using twisted lines of 10mm2. These should be as
short as possible.
76
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
5. Connections and Installation
Note (1):
The permissible minimum cross-section in the link-circuit at terminals L+,
L- is determined by the size of the fuse on the side of the mains in supply
modules with higher levels of power:
Fuse current
with mains voltage
Cross-section of
minimum connection
3 x 400 volts
at L+, L-
up to 50 amp.
up to 63 amp.
up to 80 amp.
10 mm2
16 mm2
25 mm2
The earthing of the individual modular units via the protective conductor
starts at the supply module and proceeds radially on each unit.
5.3.4. Motor power cable
The use of INDRAMAT motor cables is recommended for the lines
between the servo drive module and the MAC servo motor.
The power cable contains:
• three lines for the motor power connection,
• one line for the protective conductor connection,
• a separately screened line pair for the motor thermostat contact, and,
• a separately screened line pair for the motor brake.
It can also be obtained as a ready-made cable with motor plug and ring
cable sockets/vein end sleeves.
If necessary, the cable can also be made using four twisted individual
leads (3 phase, 1 protective conductor) with separately routed, screened,
thermal contacts and brake connection lines.
The minimum cross-sections are listed in the document entitled, „Electrical Connections of the AC Servo-Motor“. Maximum cable length
equals 75m, if INDRAMAT cables are used.
To increase the immunity to interference, the use of an adaptor board
with a connecting terminal for the thermostat contact and brakes is
recommended in models TDM1, TDM2, TDM3, TDM4 and KDS (see
Figure 53)
• AP 9
with servo modules TDM1, TDM2 and KDS1,
• AP 9/1
with servo modules TDM3 and TDM4.
This adaptor board must be removed and then remounted to the new
controller in the event of an exchange.
5.3.5. Evaluation of the
motor thermostat contact
In the event that the motor temperature exceeds the critical value, which
is equal to a motor housing temperature of approximately 105...110
degrees Celsius or 45 K over-temperature, then the thermostat contact
opens in the motor windings. In this case, the drive must be shutdown
and turned off within one minute after the contact opens. Within this
minute, the NC can initiate a machine stop during the program cycle
without damaging a workpiece.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
77
5. Connections and Installation
It is possible for the thermostat contact in the coil end of the motor to open
with increased short-term overloads even with low housing temperatures.
Since interference voltages are inherent in thermostat contact lines
(located in the motor power cable), this contact (contact load max. 220
volts, 1 amp.) should only be connected via potential-separated inputs
for evaluation in an electronic controller.
Generally, the cable screens should be earthed on the control cabinet
side. The ground connection of the shield at the end of the cable should
be as short and direct as possible.
65
30 ... 35
Adaptor card AP9 with holding angle
Servo module guardplate
Lengthening screw
(with KD units only)
40
Motor
connection
5
Motor break
Motor thermostat contact
Controller
connection
5
3
Br
+
Br
+
TEMP
TEMP
3
2
TEMP
TEMP
2
4
1
4
1
AP9
Figure 53: Mounting and connecting adaptor card AP9
78
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
5. Connections and Installation
5.3.6. Motor feedback
cables
The shielded motor feedback cable supplied by INDRAMAT contains
nine lines. It is also available as a ready-made cable with motor terminal
and vein end sleeves.
Both the motor power cable and the feedback cable can have a maximum
length of 75m, if original INDRAMAT cables are used.
The feedback cable should be routed seperately and as far as possible
from all load lines such as mains lines, motor power cables and contactor
controller lines because of the possible source of interference they
represent, especially with longer cable lengths (longer than 10m). A
clearance of at least 100mm to the motor power cable is recommended.
The feedback cable must be single-sidedly earthed to the servo drive
module. The ground connection of the shield must be as short and direct
as possible.
The cable should not be routed close to high-frequency equipment,
magnetic fields from transformers, throttles, motors and other magnetic
consumers, as well as, high-voltage lines as otherwise interference
could be coupled in.
Maximum shielding can be achieved by routing the motor power cable
and the motor feedback cable in separate, grounded metal pipes, Fig. 54,
if high demands need to be made of the immunity to interference, in order
– to avoid disruptive couplings between both of these cables, and,
– to avoid disruptive reflections by the motor power cable onto adjacent
electronic production facilities and mains.
Signal processing cable
(feedback and
incremental encoder cable)
Motor power cable
Make sure that the tin plates are well connected at all locations to ensure conductivity!
Kabelkanal
Figure 54: Example of a separated and shielded routing of the motor power and
feedback cables in metal pipes or canals!
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
79
5. Connections and Installation
5.3.7. Position Return
Both the connection and maximum cable length of a position encoder
attached to the motor are outlined in the corresponding manufacturer’s
guidelnes. The length is dependent upon encoder type and controller
input data.
Both connection assignment and maximum cable length for the encoder
supplied by INDRAMAT can be found in the appropriate description for
position return.
The connecting cables should be routed seperated from all load lines
such as mains leads, motor power cables and contactor controller lines
because of interference.
Both the motor power and the encoder cables should be routed separately, particularly with longer cable lengths (greater than 10m) and using
the greatest possible clearances.
Maximum immunity to intereference can also be achieved here if motor
power and encoder cables are routed in separate metal pipes, Fig. 54.
The cable shields should generally be grounded on one side. The
grounding connection of the shield at the end of the cable should be as
short and direct as possible.
The signal lines should not be routed near high-frequency equipment,
magnetic fields from transformers, throttles, motors and other magnetic
consumers as well as high-voltage cables as otherwise interference
could be coupled in.
5.3.8. Signal lines
The data for the input and output signals of the terminal strips for the user
are outlined in Chapter 4.
This includes:
– speed set-point inputs E1, E2, E3, E4
– controller enabler RF,
– external speed or current limit Ired,
– current set-point MA,
– tacho output Tsense,
– external connecction of controller voltage +15Vm, -15VM, 24V.
In an effort to reduce start-up times, all signal lines have been connected
via plug-in terminals, which are part of the electrical connecting accessories. The cross-section equals at least 0.25 mm2, but no more than 1.5
mm2.
The plug-in terminal connections belong to securely separated electric
circuits and may only be, in order to guarantee protection against
contact, connected to electric circuits from other units or equipment, if
these circuits are also securely separated (low-voltage operation with
secure separation, also called „PELV: Protective extra low voltage“).
The messages coming from the terminal strip (terminals Bb1, Bb, TÜ,
BVW, TVW, UD, NH, HSM) of the supply module and drive module can
80
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
5. Connections and Installation
be evaluated in a controller, in accordance with the data found in Chapter
7.2.2. (Figures 77-79).
It is recommended that all signal lines be shielded. The cable shields are
generally grounded on one side, namley, the servo module side. The
grounding connection of the shield at the end of the cable should be as
short and direct as possible. The corresponding signal lines should be
routed separated from all load lines such as mains leads, motor power
cables and contactor controller lines because of possible interference.
The signal lines should not be routed near high-frequency equipment,
magnetic fields from transformers, throttles, motors and other magnetic
consumers as well as high-voltage cables as otherwise interference
could be coupled in.
5.4. Earthing Connections
The protective conductors and earthing connections of the individual
modular units should be routed radially from the central earthing point of
the supply module, as outlined in the connection plan. The earthing
connection of the supply module should be connected to the mains
grounding. The measures needed to protect the machinery must be
taken into consideration.
Earth circuits should be avoided, if possible, as interconnections can
cause operating problems.
5.5. Measures to suppress
interference
In addition to the guidelines on line routing, outlined in Chapter 5.3 and
5.4, the following should be noted when operating the drives:
5.5.1. Sources of
interference in the control
cabinet
If, in connection with electronic equipment and construction elements,
such inductive loads as throttles, contactors and relays are switched by
means of contacts or semi-conductors, then these must be suitably
suppressed. Direct current actuation achieves this with the arrangement
of the free-wheeling diodes, alternating current actuation achieves this
with the arrangement of contactor type-related, commercial RC noise
suppressors located directly at the inductance.
Only the noise suppressor arranged directly at the inductance
serves this purpose. Otherwise the noise level becomes too excessive
and can interfere in the electronics as well as the operation of the drive.
All other sources of interference, such as high-frequency equipment
(components of eloxadizing equipment, amongst others) should be
located and wired outside of the control cabinet.
5.5.2. Use of Radio Equipment
If radios are used near the electronically controlled drive while the facility
is running, then the following conditions must be maintained to exclude
any interference from within:
The control cabinets should always remain closed during normal operation to guarantee a sufficient high-frequency shielding of the internal
wiring of the control cabinet and of the electronic equipment.
The motor feedback cable should be routed as close as possible to
grounded metal surfaces or in grounded metal cable shafts.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
81
5. Connections and Installation
Working with radios during the commissioning process or testing close
to an open control cabinet should be avoided while the drives are being
operated. If radios are held during transmission close to the open control
cabinet door and are pointing at an unfavorable angle in the direction of
the control cabinet internal wiring, then uncontrolled motor movements
are likely to occur once the drive is released and no higher-ranking
monitor has been activated.
5.5.3. Radio Interference
Suppression
Suppression of radio interference is generally not needed within an
industrial area or over larger industrial sites. If, however, machinery
equipped with AC drives is operated in residential or smaller industrial
areas and suppression of radio interference becomes necessary, then
the limiting values of Class B in accordance with DIN VDE 0875, Sections
1, 3 and 11 or EN 55011, EN 55014, EN 50081, CISPR 11, CISPR 14 are
adhered to directly at the machine by mounting a noise filter which
INDRAMAT recommends into the mains cable.
It is further recommended when longer cable lengths of the motor power
cable are used and those motor power cables are not routed in a metal
casing
– that a shielded cable be used, or even better,
– that these be routed in grounded metal pipes or in grounded cable
shafts lined with metal.
Figure 55, which follows, outlines all connections and terminal of the
servo drive module.
5.6. Connection and
wiring diagrams
Plan overview:
Figure
Connecting plan
Fig. 55
Fig. 56
Fig. 57
Fig. 58
Fig. 59
Fig. 60
Fig. 61
Fig. 62
Fig. 63
Fig. 64
Fig. 65
Fig. 66
Fig. 67
Overview of the connections of the servo drive module
Connecting plan TDM 1
Connecting plan TDM 2
Connecting plan TDM 3
Connecting plan TDM 4
Connecting plan TDM 6
Connecting plan TDM 7
Connecting plan KDS 1
Bus connection X1: Plug assignment between the modular units
Plug connection IN 108 of the motor power cable at motor MAC
Plug connection IN 172 of the motor power cable at motor MAC
Plug connection IN 252 of the motor power cable at motor MAC
Terminal box connection of the motor power cable at motor MAC
132 and MAC 160
Plug connection of the feedback cable between the feedback unit
of the MAC motor and terminal strip of servo drive modules TD1,
TDM2, TDM3, TDM6 or KDS1.
Plug connection of the feedback cable between the feedback unit
of the MAC motor and the terminal strip of servo drive modules
TDM3, TDM6.
Plug connection of the feedback cable between the feedback unit
of the MAC motor and the terminal strip of servo drive modules
TDM 4, TDM7.
Fig. 68
Fig. 69
Fig. 70
82
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
5. Connections and Installation
Connection,
Terminal
Function
Maximum
lined-up
voltage
L+, L-
Power connection to
adjacent equipment
using link-circuit busbar.
Tighten nut M5 of the fixing
bolt with max. 3Nm!
250...450 Volt
A1
A2
A3
Three-phase connection
of the motor power cable.
Tighten nut M6 of the
fixing bolt with max. 5 Nm!
250...450 Volt
X1
The bus connection distributes lowlevel voltages and the acknowledgement message line of the end
plug to the individual drive amplifiers.
±15V, 24 Volt
TDM 1: X5
TDM 2: X5
TDM 3, TDM 6: X42, X43
TDM 4, TDM 7: X49, X50
KDS 1: X25, X26
Terminal strip for user
inputs and outputs
(description Chapter 4).
TDM 1: X6
TDM 2: X6
TDM 3, TDM 6: X41
TDM 4, TDM 7: X48
KDS 1: X24
Feedback connection
±15 Volt
for MAC motor
This connection supplies the
motor feedback electronics and
signals rotor position
(BlC 1, BLC 2, BLC 3) and the tacho
signal to the servo drive module for the
purpose of evaluation in the controller.
±15 V, 24 Volt
Figure 55: Servo drive module connections and voltages between the terminals and
the housing.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
83
84
M
E
0VL
3
C
D
motor feedback
12
11
10
9
8
7
4
3
2
5
+24VL
Figure 56: TDM 1 connection plan
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
MAC-Servomotor
M
B
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
10
9
0VM
4
ϑ>
blocking thermostat
contact
brake
A
A1 A2 A3
motor
power connection
-15VM
0VM
+15VM
BLC 3
BLC 2
BLC 1
Tacho
G H
X8
X5
X6
X14
X1
AC 220V
12
1
L+
L-
X8
Unit fan
AC 220V
(3-pole
special cable)
Signal
processing
(12-pole
bus cable)
Power
DC 300 volt
(busbars)
accessories
connecting
electrical
via
drive modules
additional
Supply for
(1) Unit fan guidelines:
Controllers with a serial number starting from SN 234...
contain a unit fan, shielded and internally connected
to 24 volts, without fuse F5. External connection X13
via the special three-pole cable is necessary in that
case where adjacent equipment or equipment to-be
added later contain an AC220 or AC115 volt fan.
Controllers with AC220 volts or AC114 volts
are obsolete.
Programming
modules
MOD 1 / MOD 2
motor
fan
M
F
internal
fan unit (1)
F5
rotor position detector
rotor position detector
rotor position detector
tacho voltage
available
reference potential
shield
AC 220V
X13
X1
supply voltage
AC 220V
3 pole
special cable (1)
black
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
Ired
MA
Tsense
Servoantriebsmodul TDM 1
E1
E2
E3
E4
Bb
Bb
RF
0VM
cable
controller enabler
reference potential
shield
controller voltage
for external
use
ext. peak current limit
current set-point
tacho signal for
external use
bus connecting
1
UD
2
BB
3
+15VM
4,5,6,7 0VM
8,9
-15VM
10
0VL
11
+24VL
12
ready-to-operate
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
L+
summing input
summing input
L-
X8
difference input
busbars
supply module
Feedin of drive
components via
electrical connecting
accessories
5. Connections and Installation
Anschlpl/TDM1
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
AC 220V
M
E
X8
0VL
3
C
D
motor feedback
12
11
10
9
8
7
4
3
2
5
ϑ>
+24VL
MAC-Servomotor
M
B
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
10
9
0VM
4
blocking thermostat
contact
brake
A
A1 A2 A3
motor power
connection
-15VM
0VM
+15VM
BLC 3
BLC 2
BLC 1
Tacho
G H
F5
X6
X14
X1
AC 220V
12
1
L+
L-
X8
unit fan
AC 220 volts
(3-pole special
cable)
signal
processing
(12-pole bus
cable)
power
DC 300 volts
(busbars)
accessories
connecting
via electrical
modules
drive
additional
for
Supply
(1) Unit fan guidelines:
Controllers with a serial number startingfrom SN 234... contain a fan,
internally connected to 24 volts and shielded, without fuse F5.
The external connection X13 via the special three-pole cable
is necessary in that case where adjacent equipment or
equipment to-be added later contain an AC220
or AC115 volt fan.
Controllers with AC220 volts or AC114 volts
are obsolete.
Programming
modules
MOD 5 / MOD 6
motor
fan
M
F
internal
unit fan (1)
Rotor position detector
Rotor position detector
Rotor position detector
Tacho voltage
available
reference potential
shield
AC 220V
X13
X1
Supply voltage
3-pole
special cable (1)
black
X5
Servoantriebsmodul TDM 2
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
Ired
MA
Tsense
cable
controller enable
reference potential
shield
controller voltage
for external
use
ext. peak current limit
current set-point
tacho signal for
external use
E1
E2
E3
E4
Bb
Bb
RF
0VM
bus connecting
1
UD
2
BB
3
+15VM
4,5,6,7 0VM
8,9
-15VM
10
0VL
11
+24VL
12
ready-to-operate
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
L+
summing input
summing input
L-
X8
difference input
busbars
supply module
feedin of drive
components via
electrical connecting
accessories
5. Connections and Installation
Anschlpl/TDM2
Figure 57: Connecting diagram for TDM2
85
The supply
of additional
drive modules
with AC 220
volts.
X73
AC 220 volts
from supply
module
or drive
module X14
X74 F7
M
motor feedback
D
M
C
3
B
motor
fan
AC 220V
M
blocking thermostat
contact
brake
A
G H
+24VL
F
E
0VL
ϑ>
Anschlpl/TDM3
Figure 58: Connection plan for TDM3
86
MAC-Servomotor
ext. fan unit
(1)
(1) Connection for
AC115/220 volt optional
fan unit
(obsolete):
X43/4
X43/5
-15VM
0VM
+15VM
BLC 3
BLC 2
BLC 1
Tacho
0VM
X1
black
cable
bus connecting
L+
L-
M
X41
E3
E4
0VM
+15VM
Ired
FB
MA
Iist
0VM
Tsense
busbars
X8
supply module
Feedin for drive
components via
electrical connecting
accessories
rotor position detector
rotor position detector
rotor position detector
tachometer voltage
reference potential
shield
1
UD
2
BB
3
+15VM
4,5,6,7 0VM
8,9
-15VM
10
0VL
11
+24VL
12
shield
summing input
summing input
reference potential
controller voltage
ext. peak current limit
available
voltage set-point
actual current value
reference potential
tacho signal for
external use
E1
E2
supply voltage
3
12
11
10
9
8
7
4
2
5
6
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
9
4
A1 A2 A3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
difference input
+24VL
0VL
12
X1
X42
X43
temperature monitoring
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
TÜ
X8
controller voltage
for external
use
Bb
Bb
RF
+24VL
0VL
motor power
connection
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Servoantriebsmodul TDM 3
1
Programming
modules
MOD 13 / MOD 14
ready-to-operate
controller enabler
ext. 24V-fan unit
accessories
connecting
via electrical
drive modules
signal
processing
(12-pole bus
cable)
additional
for
L+
L-
X8
power
DC 300 volts
(busbars)
Supply
5. Connections and Installation
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
• DOK-ANAX**-TDM+KDS+MAC-AW02-EN-P
0VL
+24VL
ϑ>
blocking thermostat
contact
brake
A
3
M
B
D
motor feedback
MAC-Servomotor
C
2
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
11
12
3
1
motor
fan
M
E
10
9
8
7
6
4
3
2
1
5
G H
0VM
+15VM
HS 3
HS 2
commutationsignal
HS 1
T3
T2
tacho voltage
T1
T0
shield
A1 A2 A3
X48
12
1
X1
L+
L-
X8
AC 220 volts
from
supply or
drive module
X14
X74 F7
accessories
connecting
via electrical
modules
drive
additional
Supply for
M
M
X73
ext. unit fan
(1)
+24VL
0VL
The supply
of additional
drive modules
with AC 220
volts
ext. 24V-unit fan
signal
processing
(12-pole bus
cable)
power
DC 300 volts
(busbars)
X49/4
X49/5
(1) Connection for
AC115/220 volt optional
unit fan
(obsolete):
Programming
modules
MOD 17 / MOD 18
F
X8
motor power
connection
E3
E4
0VM
+15VM
Ired
FB
MA
Iist
0VM
Tsense
Servo-drive module TDM 4
E1
E2
supply voltage
AC 220V
X1
shield
summing input
summing input
reference potential
controller voltage
ext. peak current limit
available
current set-point
Actual current value
reference potential
tachosignal for
external use
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
black
difference input
Bb
Bb
RF
+24VL
0VL
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
TÜ
cable
temperature monitoring
bus connecting
1
UD
2
BB
3
+15VM
4,5,6,7 0VM
8,9
-15VM
10
0VL
11
+24VL
12
X49
controllervoltage
for external
use
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
L+
X50
controller enabler
L-
X8
ready-to-operate
busbars
supply module
feedin of drive
components via
electrical connecting
accessories
5. Connections and Installation
Anschlpl/TDM4
Figure 59: Connection plan for TDM4
87
The AC 220
volt supply
for additional
drive
modules
BROBRIBRO+
TMO
TMO
X1
X73
X74 F7
AC 220 volts
from supply or
drive module
X14
M
ext. unit fan
(1)
motor
fan
3
evaluation of motor
thermostat contact
+24VL starting interlock
controller
0VL
starting interlock
acknowledgement
black
cable
bus connecting
power
DC 300 volts
Anschlpl/TDM6
signal
processing
Figure 60: Connection plan for TDM6
88
MAC-Servomotor
M
motor feedback
M
C
B
A
0VL
motor blocking
+24VL brake controller
X3
frei
AS1
AS2
ASQ
ASQ
11
15
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ϑ>
blocking thermostat
contact
brake
13
TMI
12
BRO+
L+
Lbusbars
X8
supply module
feedin of drive
components via
electrical connecting
accessories
D
TMI 14
E
E3
E4
0VM
+15VM
I red
FB
MA
I ist
0VM
T sense
1
UD
2
BB
3
+15VM
4,5,6,7 0VM
8,9
-15VM
10
0VL
11
+24VL
12
shield
summing input
summing input
reference potential
controller voltage
ext. peak current limit
available
current set-point
Actual current value
reference potential
tacho signal for
external use
E1
E2
-15VM
0VM
+15VM
BLC 3
BLC 2
BLC 1
Tacho
0VM
F H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
difference input
Servoantriebsmodul
TDM 6
X42
Programming
module
MOD 19 / MOD 20
(1) Connection for
optional
AC115/220 volt
unit fan
(obsolete):
AC
220V
X41
rotor position detector
rotor position detector
rotor position detector
tacho voltage
reference potential
shield
X43
temperature monitoring
supply voltage
G
use
3
12
11
10
9
8
7
4
2
5
6
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
9
4
X8
for external
A1 A2 A3
controller voltage
motor power
connection
controller enabler
+24VL
0VL
X43/4
X43/5
X1
12
1
1
Bb
2
Bb
3
RF
4
+24VL
5
0VL
6
7
+15VM
8
0VM
9
-15VM
10
TÜ
ready-to-operate
M
ext. 24V-unit fan
accessories
signal
processing
connecting
via electrical
drive modules
additional
L+
L-
X8
power
DC 300 volts
for
Supply
5. Connections and Installation
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
X73
AC 220 volts
from supply or
drive module
X14
M
motor
fan
X74 F7
MAC-Servomotor
motor feedback
D
3
M
C
B
11
15
10
BRI9
BRI+
8
TMO
7
TMO
6
5
frei
4
AS1
3
AS2
2
ASQ
1
ASQ
ϑ>
BRO-
0VL
+24VL
blocking thermostat
contact
brake
A
13
TMI
12
BRO+
X1
L+
motor blocking
brake controller
evaluation of motor
thermostat contact
+24VL
0VL
starting interlock
controller
starting interlock
acknowledgement
black
cable
bus connecting
X3
Lbusbars
X8
14
E
TMI
F H
E3
E4
0VM
+15VM
I red
FB
MA
I ist
0VM
T sense
1
UD
2
BB
3
+15VM
4,5,6,7 0VM
8,9
-15VM
10
0VL
11
+24VL
12
shield
summing input
summing input
reference potential
controller voltage
ext. peak current limit
free
current set-point
Actual current value
reference potential
tacho signal for
external use
E1
E2
2
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
11
12
3
1
G
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
difference input
supply module
M
AC
220V
X48
X50
Servoantriebsmodul
TDM 7
X49
temperature
monitoring
10
9
8
7
6
4
3
2
1
5
X8
controller voltage
for external
use
0VM
+15VM
rotor position detector HS 3
rotor position detector HS 2
rotor position detector HS 1
T3
T2
tacho signal
T1
T0
shield
supply voltage
A1 A2 A3
controller enable
Bb
Bb
RF
+24VL
0VL
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
TÜ
motor power
connection
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ready-to-operate
feedin of drive
componentsvia
electrical connecting
accessories
ext. unit fan
(1)
AC 220 volt
supply for
additional
drive
modules
X1
12
1
Programming
module
MOD 21 / MOD 22
(1) Connection for the
optional AC115/220
volt unit fan
(obsolete):
X49/4
X49/5
+24VL
0VL
M
ext. 24V-unit fan
accessories
Signal
processing
(12-pole
bus cable)
connecting
via electrical
drive modules
additional
L+
L-
X8
power
DC 300 volts
(busbars)
for
Supply
5. Connections and Installation
Anschlpl/TDM7
Figure 61: Connection plan for TDM7
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
89
F6
X14
X14
AC 220V
16
1
Programming
module
MOD 3 / MOD 4
X24
blocking thermostat
brake
contact
G H
M
motor
fan
E
internal
unit fan
F
+24VL
AC 220V
3-pole
special cable
X13
X1
black
cable
bus connecting
AC 220V
M
F5
UD
BB
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
+24VL
0VL
frei
1
2
3,4
5,6,7,8
9,10
11,12
13,14
15
16
L+
Lbusbars
X8
supply module
feedin of drive
components via
electrical connecting
accessories
0VL
ϑ>
Anschlpl/KDS
Figure 62: Connection plan for KDS1
90
MAC-Servomotor
motor feedback
M
3
0VM
T sense
D
MA
C
I red
B
E3
E4
0VM
X8
shield
summing input
summing input
reference potential
shield
ext. peak current limit
shield
current set-point
shield
reference potential
tacho signal for
external use
E1
E2
rotor position detector
rotor position detector
rotor position detector
tacho voltage
available
reference potential
shield
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
difference input
supply voltage
12
11
10
9
8
7
4
3
2
5
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
10
9
0VM
4
-15VM
0VM
+15VM
BLC 3
BLC 2
BLC 1
Tacho
A1 A2 A3
X26
X25
heatsink temperature
monitoring
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
TUE
TUE
motor power
connection
controller voltage
for external
use
Bb
Bb
RF
+24VL
0VL
Servoantriebsmodul KDS 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
ready-to-operate
controller enabler
Ext. heatsink
M
unit fan
AC 220 volts
(3-pole special
cable)
accessories
connecting
via
electrical
modules
drive
signal
processing
(16-pole bus
cable)
L+
power
DC 300 volts
(busbars)
L-
X8
additional
Supply for
5. Connections and Installation
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
5. Connections and Installation
Plug X1
Bus connection
Plug X1
Bus connection
1
UD
1
UD
2
BB
2
BB
3
+15V
3
+15V
4
0VM
4
+15V
5
0VM
5
0VM
6
0VM
6
0VM
7
0VM
7
0VM
8
-15V
8
0VM
9
-15V
9
-15V
10
0VL
10
-15V
11
+24V
11
+24V
12
+24V
13
0VL
14
0VL
15
frei
12
Plug assignment X1 for 12 poles
Bus connections for TDM, TWM, TVM
16
Plug assignment X1 for 16 poles
Bus connections for KDV, KDS, KDA, KDW, KDF
Servo drive modules TDM, TVM
Servo drive modules KDS, KDV
Bus connection
Plug X1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Plug X1
UD
UD
BB
BB
+15V
+15V
0VM
+15V
0VM
0VM
0VM
0VM
0VM
0VM
-15V
0VM
-15V
-15V
0VL
-15V
+24V
+24V
+24V
12
0VL
0VL
frei
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
BusX1
Figure 63: Bus connection X1: Plug assignment between the modular units
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
91
5. Connections and Installation
Power plug IN 108
ϑ>
H
6
E
5
F
7
220V~/max. 1A
+
Motor thermostat
contact
G
+24V
A
F
B
H
G
-
U
M
3
PE
8
Motor blocking
brake
0VL
A
1
A1
B
2
A2
C
3
A3
D
ge/gn
E
C
D
Power plug IN 108
(view onto the soldered side of the plug)
Connecting cross-section: max. 6 mm2
Power connection
at the drive module
Figure 64: Plug connection IN108 of the MAC motor power cable
Power plug IN 172
J
available
ϑ>
H
6
E
5
F
7
220V~/max. 1A
Motor thermostat
contact
E
+
-
U
M
3
PE
G
8
A
B
+24V
Motor blocking
brake
0VL
A
1
A1
B
2
A2
C
3
A3
D
ge/gn
J
F
H
D
C
G
Power plug IN 172
(view onto the soldered side of the plug)
Connecting cross-section: A,B,C,D max. 25 mm2
E,F,G,H,J max. 1,5
mm2
Power connection
at the drive module
Figure 65: Plug connection IN172 of the MAC motor power cable
92
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
5. Connections and Installation
Power plug IN 252
ϑ>
H
6
E
5
F
7
220V~/max. 1A
+
G
-
U
M
3
PE
8
Motor thermostat
contact
B
+24V
D
A
H
Motor blocking
brake
0VL
A
1
A1
B
2
A2
C
3
A3
D
ge/gn
C
G
E
F
Power plug IN 252
(view on the soldered side of the plug)
Connecting cross-section: max. 0,75 mm2
Power connection
at the drive module
Figure 66: Plug connection IN 252 of the MAC motor power cable
ϑ>
T2
6
T1
5
+
B+
7
+24V
-
B-
8
0VL
U1
1
A1
V1
2
A2
W1
3
A3
220V~/max. 1A
U
M
3
PE
Motor thermostat
contact
Motor blocking
brake
Power connection
at the drive module
ge/gn
Figure 67: Terminal box connection of the motor power cable on the MAC 132 and
MAC 160 motors.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
93
5. Connections and Installation
Connector receptacle
on motor IN 104 (St. A)
feedback plug
IN 302
coding pin
0VM
ppolarity
tacho
avail.
avail.
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
gray
black
brown
plug-in terminal 1)
Terminal strip X24 (KDS)
Terminal strip X6 (TDM1;2)
9
10
5
2)
2)
0VM
tacho
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
yellow
green
pink
red
white
blue
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
feedback cable IN 208
9 poles Ø 0,5 mm2
9 8
1
Feedback plug IN 302
(view towards soldered side of plug)
connecting cross-section: max. 1mm 2
2 10 12 7
3 11 6
4 5
1) Plug-in terminal with 10 poles (INDRAMAT mat. no.: 219 464);
part of the components of the electrical connecting accessories
for TDM 1 and TDM 2 generally supplied.
2) Possible reversible rotation; if required, bridge PIN 9 and PIN 10
of the plug-in terminal!
FeedTDM1/2KDS
Figure 68: Plug connection of the feedback cable between the return unit of the MAC
motor and the terminal strip of servo drive modules TDM1, TDM2 or KDS1.
Connector receptacle
on motor IN 104 (St. A)
feedback plug
IN 302
coding pin
0VM
1
2
polarity
tacho
3
4
gray
black
brown
avail.
avail.
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
5
6
7
8
9
yellow
green
pink
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
10 red
11 white
12 blue
plug-in terminal 1)
Terminal strip X41
9
0VM
5
tacho
6
7
8
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
1
2
3
4
+15VM
0VM
-15VM
2)
feedback cable IN 208
9 poles Ø 0,5 mm 2
1
9 8
2 10 12 7
3 11 6
4 5
Feedback plug IN 302
(view towards soldered side of plug)
connecting cross-section: max. 1mm 2
1) Plug-in terminal with 9 poles (INDRAMAT mat. no.: 220 176);
part of the components of the electrical connecting accessories
for TDM 3 generally supplied.
2) Possible reversible rotation; if required, bridge PIN 9 of the
plug-in terminal!
FeedTDM3
Figure 69: Plug connection of the feedback cables between return unit of the MAC
motor and terminal strip of servo drive modules TDM3 and TDM6.
94
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
5. Connections and Installation
Connection: Motor feedback MAC 21, 25 and 41
to servo drive module TDM 4
Connector receptacle
on motor IN 104 (St. A)
feedback plug
IN 302
plug-in terminal 1)
Terminal strip X48
(TDM 4)
coding pin
1
0VM
2
3
grey
tacho 1
4
brown
2
T1
tacho 2
tacho 3
5
6
blue
T2
T3
HS 1
7
black
yellow
3
4
6
HS 1
HS 2
8
green
7
HS 2
HS 3
+15VM
9 pink
10 red
11 white
8
9
HS 3
+15VM
1
0VM
tacho 0
10
12
0VM
-15VM
5
feedback cable IN 208
9 poles Ø 0,5 mm 2
1
9 8
2 10 12 7
3 11 6
4 5
Feedback plug IN 302
(view towards soldered side of plug)
connecting cross-section: max. 1mm 2
1) Plug-in terminal with 10 poles (INDRAMAT mat. no.: 219 464);
part of the components of the electrical connecting accessories
for TDM 4 generally supplied.
FeedTDM4
Figure 70: Plug connection of the feedback cable between return unit of the MAC
motor and the terminal strip of servo drive modules TDM4 and TDM7.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
95
6. Commissioning
6. Commissioning
Note: The commissiong steps required for the INDRAMAT drives only
are described here. The machine manufacturer must submit the commissioning process for the entire machine or facility as required for the
individual application.
6.1. Protection of
Personnel and Machinery
6.1.1. Safety of Personnel
Protection against contact
with hot parts.
Sources of Danger:
• high mains voltage at terminals L1, L2, L3
• high link circuit voltage at L+, L• high motor voltage at terminals A1, A2, A3 and motor cable plug-in
terminals.
Before working on electrical equipment and units:
• Using the master switch, switch power to the machine off and
secure it against being switched back on! In case of doubt,
remove fuses.
• Wait through the discharge time of the intermediate circuits
after shutting down! The discharge time can, depending
upon the condensers, take several minutes.
• Wait for the motors to stand still because of the motor
voltage!
Check the voltage between int. circuit busbars
L+ and L- after shut down to see if the value is below 50 volts.
If in doubt, short-circuit.
– Before turning units on:
• Securely cover all hot parts to avoid any accidental contact!
Cover the power connections with plastic lids!
• Close the control cabinet, if possible. Authorized electrical
personnel must secure open electrical control cabinets, accessible electrical facilities and equipment, which could be
hot, against contact by personnel at risk.
• Check the fixed connection of the protective conductor of all
the electrical equipment and motors, in accordance with the
connection plans! Operation is only permitted with firmly
attached protective conductors in their proper positions on
equipment and motor plug, even for quick measuring or
testing purposes.
96
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
6. Commissioning
– Protection against indirect contact with the mains:
Secure against contact by taking the necessary protective measures
which are prescribed for the mains situation at hand.
An F1 protective feature (fault current protective feature) cannot be used for the AC drives! Protection against contact must
be secured in some other way, e.g., an over-current protective
feature (in accordance with DIN VDE 0160, Section 6.5.2.4).
Protection against
dangerous movements
Danger from unwanted movement exists because of faults
• in the wiring and cables
• in the NC or NC program
• in the measuring value encoders such as the incremental encoder,
• in the operation of the machine, e.g., switching-off safety functions and
monitors to check operation and setting.
These faults can occur
• right after commissioning, but also,
• after an indeterminate length of time during normal operation.
The following safety guidelines should therefore be observed:
– While operating the drives:
• Personnel should not remain within the vicinity of machine
activitiy! Measures that could be taken: protective fences,
bars, covers, light barriers and similar.
It is absolutely necessary that fences and covers are sufficiently solid to resist any motional energy which might occur!
• The emergency off switch must be accessible.
• All movement must be carefully observed for possible danger during the commissioning procedure! Measures must be
taken promptly, even against problems which only occur
very rarely!
– Remaining within the vicinity of drive motion for performing such tasks
as removal or replacement of tools or workpieces.
• Make sure the drives are standing still before working or
entering the danger zone!
• Secure against unwanted operation by disconnecting the
drives from the mains via the emergency-off switch (switching the power contactor or the master switch off)!
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
97
6. Commissioning
– Remaining within the vicinity of drive movement for
• the purpose of maintenance or service,
• cleaning, and,
• prior to long breaks in operation.
Switch all power to the machine off and secure it against being
switched back on with the use of the master switch!
– Care should be taken when operating high-frequency equipment or
radios!
Avoid operating such equipment in close proximity to the drive
modules when control cabinets are open and while the drives
are running.
If high-frequency equipment with high transmission power is operated at
an unfavorable angle in close proximity to the drive amplifier through the
open control cabinet in the direction of the wiring inside the control
cabinet, then, in all likelihood, under unfavorable conditions, an uncontrolled movement of the motor is possible unless a higher-ranking
monitor has been activated!
Safety during
handling and
assembly.
– Use proper assembly and transport devices! Prevent bruises
and contusions!
– Use only the appropriate tools! Use prescribed special tools!
– Do not remain standing under hanging loads!
– Any liquids on the floor should be wiped up immediately to
prevent slipping!
6.1.2. Protection of Equipment and Machinery
INDRAMAT’s electronic drive components have been equipped with
extensive safety features and technically secured against overloads to
the greatest extent possible.
The following guidelines should be noted to prevent improper handling:
Avoid faulty connections:
Check before switching on:
– Only connect voltages at the controller inputs that correspond to those
listed in the datasheets and connection plans!
– Do not connect outputs to an external voltage!
– Check to ascertain that the 24V and the +15V output terminals have not
mistakenly been connected!
98
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
6. Commissioning
– Check whether the low voltages, 5, +15, -15 and 24 volts, have been
securely separated from the mains potential, have not been externally
connected with or come into contact with the
• power cables,
• link circuit cables (L+, L-), or,
• connections to the motor power cables!
They must be sufficiently insulated against each other!
Protection against external
or high voltages.
– When checking the control cabinet wiring with outside voltages, make
sure that no invalid voltages can reach the terminals of the electronic
components!
Just to be sure, clamp the connections off before checking!
– High-voltage checks:
INDRAMAT’s electronic drive components have been voltage-checked
in detailled tests in accordance with VDE 0160. When checking the
high-voltage of the electrical devices of industrial machinery and the
control cabinet wiring, remove or clamp off all the electronic connections to avoid damaging the electronic components (applicable acc. to
VDE 0113, EN 60204)!
The following INDRAMAT products are a part of the electronic equipment: TVM, TVD, TDM, TWM, TFM, TBM, TCM, KDV, TVR, KDR,
KVR, KDS, KDW, KDA, KDF, RAC, DSC3 as well as the feedback and
encoder electronics of the MAC motors and 2AD.
Protection against
electrostatic loads.
Electrostatic loads endanger electronic components. Those bodies that
can come into contact with connecting terminals, components and
adaptor boards, must be discharged by grounding them.
– Before touching, discharge your own body by touching a conductive,
grounded object (e.g., plain grounded metal).
– When soldering, ground the soldering iron!
– Place the parts and tools being used on a conductive, grounded
surface.
Endangered parts, such as adaptor boards or programming modules,
should only be stored and transported in conductive packaging.
Protecting the equipment
against environmental
influences
Adhere to the applicable information in the data sheets!
Humidity
– Built-in units should not be directly subjected to humidity!
Especially for electronic equipment note:
– Maintain the internal temperature of the control cabinet with at least 2
degrees C. above the outside temperature to avoid the formation of
dew!
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
99
6. Commissioning
The following must especially be noted in the case where refrigerfators
are to be used in the control cabinets!
– Before commissioning, wait until any collected dew has dissipated, if,
• the equipment was brought out of the cold into the warm operating
area!
• the location of operation has been moved!
• if warm air is being blown into cold equipment!
– Permissible relative humidity at the built-in units drops with increasing
ambient temperature!
At 40 degrees Celsius, the permissible relative humidity at the equipment for 30 days over a one-year period equals a maximum of only
approximately 72%, at 20 ... 35 degrees C. approximately 95% (see
DIN 40040 or DIN VDE 0160 E, December 1990).
Condensation water should only be permitted to occur occasionally
when the unit is not being operated (DIN VDE 0160 E, December 90).
Impure air
– Do not permit ambient air with suspended substances to get directly to
the electronic equipment!
– Make sure that the ambient air has been sufficiently cleaned before
letting it get to the equipment:
• guide the entering air through sufficiently long air ducts!
• use sufficiently good air filters!
• mount such purification devices as ion-exchangers!
• provide sufficient encasements by using gaskets!
– Do not leave the control cabinets open for longer periods in the
presence of unclean air, if electronic equipment has been built-in!
Conductive and water-soluble contaminants and particles in the air are
especially critical. With a humidity of 55%, these can already cause
superficial currents on leakage paths and corrosion of the electronic
parts and adaptor board. After longer periods of operation, it is possible
that the machinery
• can be disrupted short-term, or,
• can completely fail
as a result of sneak currents, breakdowns due to surface conduction or
corroded power connections.
Temperature
– Maintain the ambient temperature recommended!
The following applies unless otherwise specified:
100
• storage temperature:
-25...+55 °C,
• transport temperature:
-25...+70 °C
• ambient operating temperature:
0...+45 °C.
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
6. Commissioning
– Do not, if possible, subject encased electronics to severe outside
temperature changes when storing and operating! (This also applies to
integrated motor feedback.)
Oscillation and
Shock Stresses
– Do not subject electronic equipment, motors or drives to excessive
oscillations and shock loads!
– Assemble mechanical parts in accordance with assembly guidelines.
Do not use force!
Use only the proper tools!
Protecting the machine
The machine is in danger when monitors are switched off during
commissioning to test functions and make adjustments.
If, for example, the position-control loop of the NC controller is severed
and the drive is run in the speed control loop, then, because of the limited
paths of the linear axes, the machine is in danger when run
– over the limit stop, or,
– over parts that temporarily project into its working path.
Damage to the machines can be avoided by:
– permitting only properly trained personnel to enable the drives and
modulate a speed set-point!
– always checking the safety clearances on the working path!
– securing emergency-off options via the limit switch and emergency-off
switch!
6.2. Tools and equipment
required for
commissioning
The following tools are needed for commissioning:
– multitesters for d.c. and alternating voltages (moving coil instrument)
– set-point encoder with battery:
R2
10k
Vset
V
10k
S1
R1
-
G
10....15 V
+
P
<
V
= nset
set
S2
RF
G: Battery for voltage supply
P: Built-in d.c. voltmeter for Vsoll display
R1: 10-speed potentiometer for adjustable Vsoll
R1: Safety resistor
S1: Three-pole throw-over switch
S2: Throw-over switch for control enabler (RF)
Battbox
Figure 71: Set-point encoder box with battery.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
101
6. Commissioning
6.3. Checks with the
equipment switched off
As soon as all of the equipment has been connected, then all the
following points are to be checked without applied power first.
6.3.1. Mains connections
conditions
1. The mains connections specified in the descriptions of the supply
modules used – TVM, KDV and TVD – should be checked
– at the voltage control connection, and,
– at the power connection.
The phase coincidence of the mains auxilliary voltage requirements
L1-L3 must be rechecked with the power requirements L1-L2-L3 in
KDV2 and KDV3.
2. The terminal voltages of a transformer connected in series must be
checked. Input and output should not be inverted.
The center ground of an auto-transformer should not be connected.
Mains without mains-related ground wires must, in any event, use
isolating transformers of circuit class YynO. The center ground of the
output side must be linked to the central zero point of the supply
module and grounded there.
3. The fuses specified for the supply source used (listed in the supply
module description) must be checked for correctness.
6.3.2. Installed drive
components
The following must be checked for every drive installed:
The data on the rating plate of the programming module on the lines
„Contr“ and „Motor“ must be checked to assure that they agree with the
data on the rating plates of
– the servo drive module („Contr.“), and,
– the MAC servo motor („Motor“), (see figures in Chapter 3.1).
Should the type designations not agree, then the correct MOD programming module must first be plugged into the servo-drive module; or, the
correct motors and controllers need to be mounted. Otherwise, there is
danger of damage.
6.3.3. Instructions
for replacing
programming module
MOD
– Neither the supply nor the servo drive modules should have power!
– All voltage supplying the supply module should, therefore, be shut off.
– Check to see whether all light-emitting diodes are off.
– Secure power against being turned back on while the programming
module is being changed.
102
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
6. Commissioning
– Release the knurling screw and remove the programming module.
– Using the programming module rating plate, check to see whether the
data on the new MOD programming module agree with the type of servo
drive module installed and the typer of motor connected.
Type designation for motor and servo drive module on the
programming module must agree with that installed, otherwise, there is the danger of damage.
– Plug the new programming module into the slot of the old one and
tighten the knurling screw of the programming module.
– All power may now be turned back on.
Using potentiometers P1, P2 and P3, it may be necessary to compensate
the input information for programming modules MOD2, MOD 4, MOD6,
MOD14, MOD18, MOD20 and MOD22.
6.3.4. Wiring and
line cross-sections
1. Wire in accordance with connection plan:
Every line should be checked for short-circuits, interference, inversions, conductor cross-sections and proper connection, in accordance
with INDRAMAT’s connection plans.
Conductor cross-sections must be selected in a size sufficient to avoid
conductor overload (see Guidelines DIN VDE 0113) in the presence
of maximum ambient temperature and corresponding currents.
2. Twist power wiring:
All lines on power connections must be twisted and have a sufficient
cross-section:
– All lines to additional bleeder TBM must be twisted and have a crosssection of at least 6mm2, and of at least 10mm2 twisted to additional
capacities TCM.
– Adjacent drive modules are normally connected via the link circuit
busbars. If this should not be possible in some cases, then the
connection should use a twisted line which is as short as possible
and has a cross-section of 10mm2 (max. length approx. 1m).
– Link circuit throttles of the „GLD“ type should also be connected
using twisted 10mm2 lines which are as short as possible.
– The lines between the servo drive module and the MAC servo motor
must either be a four-vein motor cable (3X phase, 1X ground), e.g.,
an INDRAMAT motor cable, or a twisted single line.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
103
6. Commissioning
3. Grounding
Grounding must be carried out as described in Chapter 5.4.
– The protective conductor and grounding connections for the individual
modular units must be radially routed from the center ground of
supply module TVM, TVD, KDV or KVR, as indicated in the connection
plan.
– The center ground of the supply unit must be connected to the
ground conductor. The applicable protective measures for machine
or plant must be taken into consideration.
Ground loops should be avoided, if at all possible, as interconnections
could disrupt operations.
4. Bus connections X1:
The supplied flat belt bus cable, to be used for connecting the lowvoltage bus plug X1, must be firmly plugged into every controller. The
black lines of this cable must be arranged at the bottom.
The end plug for conductor monitoring, a part of the supply module
accessories kit, must be plugged into the last modular unit (the one
farthest away).
5. Shielding:
Check to see whether the guidelines listed in Chapter 5.5 have been
adhered to or not. Particular attention must be given to mounting the
shield of the set-point line and the motor feedback cable on the side
of the servo drive motor.
The shield for the position encoder cable should generally be clamped
to the NC.
In the event that shielded motor power cables are used, it is more
practical to ground the shield on the motor plug, there where it enters
the control cabinet on the control cabinet wall and on the servo drive
module.
6. Ventilation requirements:
Check whether all lines and cables supplying the controller and motor
fans have been properly connected.
6.3.5. Terminals and
connecting points
Check all electrical connections for safe contact and firm fit on the
terminals. It is important that all ground and shield connections have a
reliable contact with a surface area which is as large as possible, as there
will be inter-ference otherwise.
Connections which have not been firmly clamped or screwed in, can
occasionally disrupt operation and lead to the development of heat.
104
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
6. Commissioning
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
105
6. Commissioning
6.4. Power-up sequence
(summary)
1
Control voltage (auxilliary voltage) ON
signal electronics supplied
**24V/±15V** lit,
one or two lamps **BLC** lit,
**Tacho** lit,
**Bb** flashing (1)
ready-to-operate contact Bb1
of the supply module closes?
(Ready to accept power)
No
YES
plug in
end plug
flashing **RF** ? (1)
YES
controller enable signal
at terminal RD switched off
or turned to zero
No
drives are interference free
no fault in mains
continued
on next page
Symbol legend:
**....** = diagnostics display lamp
(1)
= not with KDS 1 and older controllers of types
TDM 1, TDM 2 with serial numbers below SN 233...,
TDM 3 with serial numbers below SN 240060-...
TDM 4 with serial numbers below SN 240062-...
aFlußdiagramm
Figure 72: Power-Up Sequence
106
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
6. Commissioning
2
Power ON
Mains contactor closed
Power on
Supply module
TVM1, TVM 2, KDV 1,
Supply module
KDV 2, KDV 3, KDV 4,
TVD 1, KVR 1
Intermediate circuit loaded
with smooth start,
duration max. 0.5 seconds
link circuit loaded via
compensating resistance,
duration max. 0.1 seconds
Ready-to-operate contact Bb
of drive module closes
**Bb** and **Power** of the drive module
are also lit up
**Power ON** of the supply module
lit up
Drive package ready-to-operate
(ready for controller enable)
3
Activate drive
via controller enable signal
at terminal RF
Drive working
Drive working, omitting torque
Speed adjustable via voltage at set-point input
**RF** also lit up
Low speeds: **BLC** flashing
Higher speeds: **BLC** constantly lit up
Controller release signal
RF turned off
**RF** goes off
Drive torque free after approx. 300 ms
When using the differential inputs E1-E2
the set-point is immediately internally switched to zero
and the drives brake.
bFlußdiagramm
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
107
6. Commissioning
6.5. Checks with
control voltage applied
Note:
(1) in the following text means:
does not applied to KDS1 and older types
TDM1, TDM2 with serial numbers below SN 233 ...,
TDM3 with serial numbers below SN 240060-...
TDM4 with serial numbers below SN 240062-...
1. Power separation
First, the power input fuses at the mains should be removed, or the
power load between the driving equipment and the mains must be
securely separated by some means.
2. Switch-on control voltage
Switch-on control voltage for the supply module (also see power-up
sequence, Chapter 6.4).
The green diagnostic display lamps
• „24V/+15V“
• 1 or 2 lamps „BLC1, BLC2, BLC3“, and,
• „tacho“
of the servo drive module light up as well as
• „Bb“ (1), which flashes.
If „RF“ (1) is blinking, then the drive has already been enabled by the
externally connected voltage at terminal RF. To avoid any unnecessary
start-up after switching on the power, power to terminal RF should be
turned off. Lamp „RF“ then goes off.
If there are no problems, and, if the end plug has been plugged-in,
then signal contact „Bb1“ of the supply unit closes.
3. Measure voltage rates +15V, -15V, +24V at the supply module and
servo drive motor. The 24V voltage rate can, depending upon mains
under or over voltage, be either higher or lower in the TVM1.
4. Fan:
It should be checked whether the fans
– in all modular units
– in all ventilated motors
are running and whether the air can enter and exit without obstruction.
5. Blocking brake controller (if one is present):
– First check whether the blocking brake connecting voltage ranges
between +21.6V and 26.4V (24V plus/minus 10%).
– The controller enable signal to activate the drive, and the signal to
release the blocking brake or any other axis block, should be given
simultaneously. It must definitely be checked to see whether the
axis clamp releases upon input of signal.
– The mechanical brake must be released prior to running the drive
(Fig. 73) to avoid wear and tear.
– The mechanical brake should not be actuated until after the drive
has stopped to avoid wear and tear.
108
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
6. Commissioning
Controller
enable
at terminal RF
Drive on
Drive off
Drive working
300 ms
Controller
signal
for brakes
Release lag t L
Brakes released
Terminal lag t k
Brake clamped
Set-point
tBremsen
Figure 73: Intervals for clamping and releasing the blocking brake during operation.
The tK and tL values are listed in the motor data sheets.
6. Check link circuit short-circuit (if one is present):
The control switch must guarantee that the mains contactor does not
close until the link circuit short-circuit contactor has been opened
before hand at the correct time. Otherwise, there is the danger of
damaging both the link circuit resistance and the contactor.
Using the link circuit short circuit to brake is not suitable for constant
cyclical switching, but only for emergency off situations, or, if the limit
switch has been overrun.
7. Emergency-Off Functions
After hitting the emergency-off switch –
– safely open the power contactor on the mains,
– the link circuit short circuit should snap in, if it has been built in,
– the control enable signal at terminal RF must be switched off via a
contact,
– the mechanical brake has to snap in, to the extent that it is needed.
This should be checked using the controller switch. (Recommendations
can be found in the description of the supply module used.)
It must be guaranteed that the control voltage is maintained and
remains on when power is shut off or in an emergency-off situation.
This makes it possible for any occurring faults and intereferences
stored in the equipment to be afterwards read-off from the diagnostic
display.
Only the master switch can completely shut down power to the
machine.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
109
6. Commissioning
8. Switch off master switch.
9. Re-secure mains fuses, or reconnect the power lines between the
drive equipment and the mains. Clamp off the connecting wire for
controller enable at terminal RF, just to be safe.
6.6. Checks after the
power
infeed has been connected.
Switch on controller
and power voltage
As soon as the link circuit has reloaded itself via the mains contact to
minimum level, and if no fault is present, then the following green
diagnostic lamps must remain lit-up:
On the supply module:
• „power-on“
On the servo-drive module:
• „power“ or „PWR“, and,
• „Bb“
• the ready-to-operate contact „Bb“ of the servo-drive module closes.
The drive is now ready to operate.
Measure
link circuit power
There are high voltages at the link circuit busbars, mains and
motor power connections. It is, therefore, necessary, before
accessing hot parts, to disconnect the equipment from the
mains, just to be safe, and await the discharge time.
Using a multitester, check the link circuit voltage between connecting bolt
L+ and L-. The values should range from 255 to 360 volts.
Maximum values approximately equal:
– 325 volts for mains nominal voltage, and,
– 360 volts for mains overvoltage,
if the drives have been shut down.
Should link circuit voltage be too high, then a wrong transformer or an
improper connection could be the reason.
If it is too high, then this could be caused by a missing phase, an improper
transformer or an incorrect connection on the transformer.
110
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
6. Commissioning
6.7. Check after
the drive has
been connected.
Before activating the drive, make sure that sufficient accident
preventive measures have been taken, in accordance with
Chap. 6.1. In addition, measures must be taken to avoid
damage to the machine which could result from a sudden
running of the drive.
Possible measures could, for example, be:
– Make certain that all safety measures necessary for commissioning are functioning properly.
– The emergency-off button is easily and readily accessible.
– Make certain that there is sufficient clearance between the
safety limit switch and the limit stop, if a servo-axis is used.
The path to the fixed stop should be as long as possible.
– If, in extreme cases, sufficient protection cannot be guaranteed when commissioning as a result of faulty drive movements, then the servo motor should be uncoupled from the
mechanics with the first commissioning.
1. Switch controller voltage and power off. Clamp off all set-point cables
and servo drive motors.
2. Attach set-point encoder:
Connect controller enable at terminal RF and clamp on set-point at
terminals E1-E2, according to the following figure.
Servo drive unit
set-point inputs:
E4
or
S1
Vsoll
or
0V M
E2
V
G
10....15 V
+
P
RF
V
= n soll
soll
S2
RF
supply unit
R1
-
<
0VM
R2
10k
E1
10k
E3
24VL
G: battery for voltage supply
P: Built-in d.c. voltmeter for Vsoll display
R1: 10-speed potentiometer for adjustable Vsoll
R1: Protective resistor
S1: Three-pole throw-over-switch
S2: Switch for controller enable (RF)
BattboxAnschl
Figure 74: Connecting the set-point encoder.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
111
6. Commissioning
• Note on commissioning a master-slave (tandem) drive:
In this case, the master and the slave drives are simultaneously commissioned. Both the speed set-point and the
controller enable are connected to the master servo drive
module. The slave drive is then simultaneously controlled
by the master servo drive module, in accordance with the
connecting planes outlined in Chap. 2.4.
Check whether the master and sequential drives are mechanically free of play and have been reliably connected to
each other so that the slave drive cannot, as a result of the
input set-point voltage, run up uncontrolled if the mechanical connection should loosen because of a fault.
This connection should be as rigid and as stiff against
torsion as possible to avoid any soaring of the mechanics.
It is not possible to commission only the slave drive. The setpoint, in this case, directly corresponds to torque so that input
even of a very low set-point voltage to the slave drive module
means that the slave motor will run up rapidly.
The torque of the master-slave drives must run in the same
direction. This particularly applies to hanging axes. If they
effect the mechanics in the opposite direction, then rotation
direction of the slave drive must be turned around with a bridge
1 at the feedback plug (see connection plans, Fig. 12 through
16).
• Note on NC operation:
In this case, the drive can also be commissioned via the NC,
if there can be a reliable and controlled input of set-point and
controller enable to the drive.
The initial commissioning of a new machine (prototype
commissioning) makes the opening of the position control
circuit and the uncoupling of the NC, in the event of a
problem, a practical idea to better help restrict these problems and faults. This also, in particular, applies to drive
oscillations, should these occur.
Safety guidelines for this area of application should be
followed (see Chapter 6.1)
3. Switch off controller enable on the set-point encoder box and set to
zero.
Remain ready to immediately initiate an emergency-off, should the
motor run uncontrolled.
4. Switch on control voltage and then power voltage (mains on).
5. Switch on controller enable. Set low set-point. The motor should
rotate as indicated by set-point voltage.
112
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
6. Commissioning
6. Allocating set-point voltage and motor speed.
The input values can, in accordance with the information on the MOD
programming module, be checked. A set-point input voltage of X volts
equals a speed n of n max and Ue are listed in the MOD programming
module under column „Input/Rpm“. The formula to be used is:
nmax
n = ——— • X
Ue
in min-1
The motor can now be coupled to the machine if it was previously
decoupled.
7. Stopping in an emergency-off situation:
The safety limit switch should be mounted with sufficient distance to
the limit stop, and the cams should be checked for sufficient length.
Run the axes individually and at maximum speed onto the safety limit
switch. Measure the stopping distance and check to see whether it
was long enough. This task should be performed in both directions of
a vertical axis.
8. Drift compensation:
No compensation is neeeded with torque-controlled or slave drives!
Using the adjustment screw, „ZERO ADJUST“, on the right-hand side
at the bottom on the front, the zero-point drift can be set to speed zero,
if a set-point of 0 volts is given at the corresponding plug-in terminal
in the open position-control circuit. The speed drift is determined by
observing axis movement or motor speed, or it can, if necessary, be
measured at terminal Tsense.
The interaction of the NC, feed drive, position measurements and
coupled-in mechanics in the position and speed control loops is outlined
in Fig. 75 using the example of a direct measuring system.
6.8. Matching to the NC
Position control loop
Numeric controller
NC
Set-point
w
Speed control loop VSet-point
VSet
-point
Kv
Xw
+
X
deviation
Actual position value X
VSet-point=Kv • Xw
Speed control loop
AC-tacho
Actual value
T
-Vactual value
Servodrive
+VSet-point
module
M
Machine sliding
carriage
3
AC-Motor
Programming
module
Posregel
Figure 75: Position control loop with direct measuring system.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
113
6. Commissioning
1. Operational sign of the path feed direction (machine coordinates)
Operate the drive, at first, with the set-point encoder box. It is
necessary to check whether the path feed direction indicated by the
NC agrees with the actual direction of movement. If it does not, then
it should be re-poled according to Chapter 2.1, page 17, in the
direction of rotation.
2. Check the drift of the drive with zero speed set-point:
If the axis moves with zero speed set-point, then using the potentiometer
„ZERO ADJ“ on the front plate, set the rotation movement of the axis
to zero with control cabinet end temperature.
This should always be checked after initial commissioning and after
the servo drive module has been exchanged.
3. Checking the position control loop:
– Using the set-point encoder box, enter low positive speed set-point
voltages of a few mV at the set-point input of the servo-module and
run the axis.
– The controller must emit a negative set-point voltage for the axis.
The polarity of the actual position value must be changed, if this is
not the case.
4. Switching and clamping off the set-point box.
Connect set-point line and the controller enable from the controller to
the servo drive module.
5. Check input weightings:
The speed set-point input weightings of the servo drive module must
be rated in such a way that maximum motor speed or maximum sliding
carriage speed is achieved with 80 to 90% of maximum NC output
voltage. This ensures that the position controller remains within the
active range, even with minor overshooting in the NC output voltage.
Input ratings can, if needed, be changed on the programming module
in accordance with the data in Chapter 3.2.
6. Check set-point smoothing:
The NC rated speed set-point values may not exceed the alternating
current share of
0.01 • f • Uin Volt
f:
U:
with
frequency of the superimposed
pulsating component in kHz
maximum value of the
NC output direct voltage in volts
otherwise, stability problems will result.
7. Many numeric controls change their output voltages only gradually in
agreement with the computers cycle time. Since the drives attempt
to follow every set-point gradation of the step-function, the effects are
– unnecessary motor power loss,
– increased machine stress,
– noise development during acceleration and braking, and,
– machine vibrations during interpolation.
114
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
6. Commissioning
If such disruptive, harmonic vibrations should appear on the tacho signal
- can be measured at terminal Tsense of the servo drive module - as a
result of the set-point voltage emitted by the NC (step function) - can be
measured at input of set-points at terminals E1-E2, E3 or E4 of the servo
drive module - then it is possible to achieve a reduction in the oscillations
by soldering a capacitor (set-point smoothing) on programming module
MOD, in accordance with Chapter 3.2.
It should be, however, noted that a big capacitor can reduce the
dynamics of the position control loops and thereby also make it less
responsive (smaller Kv factor).
Determining factors:
C5 = ca. 0,15 x Tnc
C5 Capacitor on programming module MOD in uF
Tnc Station time of the set-point output of the NC in ms
7. Optimization the position control loop
An optimization of the position-control loop with linear movement is
primarily achieved via the Kv factor in the NC:
Kv = V/ Xw
in
m • mm
————
min
V: speed in m/ min
Xw = Xset-point - Xactual: position deviation
This is increased until a stable and rapid response of the position
controller is achieved (see information in NC User Handbook).
6.9. Checking
Drive Configuration
These tests are recommended to the machine manufacturer when the
drives are initially commissioned or with prototype commissioning. They
serve to determine whether the drives have been sufficiently adjusted to
meet the demands made by the construction of the machine or plant.
An oscilloscope with memory or an analogue recorder are needed for the
measurements.
Measurements must be taken in both directions.
1. The stability of the control loop
The drive is operated using the set-point battery box, in accordance
with Diagram 74. Should mechanical oscillations occur right after the
servo drive is switched on via the controller enable while the equipment is still standing still or in the movement of the drives, then the
mechanics have not been sufficiently secured against oscillations.
Possible causes:
– The coupling of the load mass to the motor shaft is too elastic. This
causes resonance vibrations with the outside inert mass.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
115
6. Commissioning
– The external inert mass is too great. The speed control loop
becomes unstable. Generally, the ratio of the motor’s own mass to
external mass at the motor shaft equals 1:5.
– Instability of the machine’s mechanics.
– Low frequency oscillations at position due to changes in the friction
ratio which are not constant (stick-slip-effect).
These oscillations can be verified by measuring the tachometer signal
at terminal Tsense using either an oscilloscope or a recorder. Oscillations with low amplitudes require a fine adjustment of the oscilloscope or a measurement at terminal „MA“.
If the mechanics of the machine can definitely be excluded as the
source, or if a structural alteration in the mechanics is too expensive,
then a special drive optimization by changing the values of programming module MOD can bring about an improvement.
This can, however, also simultaneously bring about a deterioration in
the dynamics at the machine axes. In this case, INDRAMAT’s
customer service should be consulted prior to changing the wiring of
programming module MOD.
When calling in a problem to INDRAMAT’s customer service, the
following information is important:
– Mechanical construction of the coupling to the servo motor and the
entire axes?
– Outside moments of inertia coupled in as relate to motor shaft?
– Continuous or intermittent oscillations and at what stage of operation?
– Size of the oscillation amplitudes of the voltage measured in volt
peak-peak?
– Duration or frequency of vibrations?
2. Basic torque at different speeds.
Load moment can be measured at terminal „MA“ of the servo drive
module, where the current set-point can be read, as the current
consumption of the servo drive is a measurement for the given torque.
The corresponding current is calculated
UMA
I = ——
kMA
in A
with
kMA in V/ A from Chap. 10.2
UMA in V measured at terminal „MA“.
116
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
6. Commissioning
A comparison of this Value I with the Value I(dN) of the motor’s
permanent or rated current, to be found listed either on the table in Fig.
95 in Chapter 10.1., or on the rating plate of the motor, indicates the
torque load of the servo-drive.
These measurements are to be taken at minimum and maximum feed
speed, run during a later stage of operation during processing. The
current measured at MA should not be greater than 60% of the motor’s
permanent current.
If the current measured should be greater, then the possible causes
for an excessive basic torque, despite correct construction, can be:
– axis clamp not released
– mechanical jams at the drive axis
– insufficient lubrication
– increased adhesive or sliding friction at the carriage guides
– unfavorably adjusted weight compensation
The corresponding torque of motor current I of the measured voltage
UMA at terminal MA can be calculated as follows:
UMA
M = km • I = km • —— in Nm
kMA
km: Current-torque-constants in Nn/A
(from Fig. 95 of Chapter 10.1)
kMA: from Fig. 96 in Chapter 10.2. in V/A
3. Rapid Return Motion Torque
Measure as described under 2.
The current at MA should not exceed 75% of the motor’s rated current.
Should the current exceed this, then the possible causes for excessive rapid return motion torque, despite proper construction, can be:
– unfavorable hydraulic or pneumatic weight compensation
– excessive liquid friction in the gear-tooth system of an attached oilbath gearbox
– a breakdown in the lubricating film of the sliding guide
– poor ball return in the nut of the ball roll spindle.
4. Adjusting weight compensation with vertical axes
The weight should be compensated so that the motor current input
with the up and down motions of the axes always retains the same
minimum value. The adjustment should be checked at feed and rapid
return motion speeds.
5. Acceleration times
In this case, speed as a function of time (run-up curve) when
accelerating and braking to the necessary speed, is recorded with
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
117
6. Commissioning
either an oscilloscope or a recorder. Speed output serves as the
measurement signal (tacho) at terminal „Tsense“. The evaluation cw
in V/ A depends upon the type of motor and is listed in Fig. 95 of
Chapter 10.1.
The corresponding acceleration moment, or current can simultaneously
be recorded at terminal „MA“. (The evaluation in V/ A is dependent
upon the servo drive module and can be found in Chapter 10.2).
When operating the NC in controlled position, the torque should only
reach its maximum value in the first phase of the acceleration/braking
procedure, while remaining below maximum value over the remaining
period of time in order to maintain sufficient reserves and avoid
overshooting its position.
Acceleration and braking times must be measured and compared to
the design data.
6. Controlling Feedback Energy
– Accelerate all the drives connected to the supply unit to maximum
speed and then initiate an emergency off.
A shutdown of the power section via the ready-to-operate contact
Bb1 of the supply unit cannot take place.
– Run the drives for at least 15 minutes in an operative load cycle
during which the highest mean braking energy of all drives can be
expected.
In this case as well, the power section should not be switched off via
the ready-to-operate contact Bb1 of the supply unit.
Should a switch off nonethless occur in either of the two cases, then
the supply lay-out must be corrected (see supply lay-out description).
It is possible that a different supply module or an additional modular
unit (TBM or TCM) is required. This depends upon the drive type
connected.
118
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
7. Fault-Finding
and Diagnostics
In the event of a problem within the machine or the facility, it can be
advantageous to proceed in accordance with the following steps to
quickly eliminate faults and resume operation:
1. Determine nature of problem. (Can improper operation or incorrect
installation be eliminated from the start?)
2. Follow the effects of the fault and limit the source of the fault.
3. Determine direct cause of fault, defective part.
4. Correct error and control operation.
About Step 1:
The assumption is made that the checks on the drive equipment,
mounting and installation, as outlined in Chapters 6.2 through 6.4, have
already been performed. This is generally the case with an already
constructed and operating machine.
About Steps 2 through 4:
INDRAMAT’s drives offer definite advantages when searching for and
eliminating problems. Long-term searches for problems in individual
units and repairing the drive components of the individual machines are
not acceptable because of the loss in production that this loss in time
represents.
The diagnostic displays and the message signals at the interfaces
between drive and controller (terminal strip on the drive module) make
a to-the-point and effective problem search possible.
The exchange of individual compact drive components such as supply
module, drive amplifier, motor or cable permit a speedy and problem-free
elimination of the problem and resumption of operation without lengthy
mounting and adjustment work.
Programming modules MOD, optimized and ready-to-use from the
factory, make an adjustment-free exchange possible.
7.1. Construction of
the monitoring system
within the modules
(Fig. 71)
In the event of a problem in the drive system, the ready-to-operate
command is lifted and the at-zero-potential ready-to-operate contact
Bb1 in the supply module and Bb in the drive module open.
The opening of the Bb1 contact must achieve, via the controller,
– an immediate mains separation (mains contactor must release),
– the drive’s mechanical brakes, (if present), snap in,
– the activation of the link circuit short circuit as an additional electrical
brake for the MAC servo motors, (if present).
An overview in Figure 72 of the internal drive monitor offers insight into
the effect of an internal fault.
A fault in the supply unit is signalled to the drives via the internal „UD“
message X1.1 of the plug-in terminal X1 between the modules. The
connected drives decelerate to speed zero and are then subsequently
locked (after approximately 300 ms), i.e., switched torque-free.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
119
120
Fault in
supply module
Link circuit d.c.
voltage drops
below minimum value
Fault
memory
RESET-Key
Power supply
for signal processing
plus/minus15V, +24V;
monitoring via plug-in terminal
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
&
Bb1
Ready-to-operate
drive system
in the supply module
Bb1
Supply module
&
X1/2
X1/1
X1/2
Endstecker
X1/3
Bb
Ready-to-operate
servo drive module
Bb
&
&
Fault
memory
RESET-Key
All inputs assume the
logical level "low" in
the event of a fault.
1. If inputs E1/E2 are used,
then, in the event of a fault the
set point is internally switched
to 0 min -1 .
2. The drive is shutt off
after approximately 300 ms.
Fault in the
voltage supply
for signal processing
plus/minus15V, +24V
Fault in
drive module
Servo-drive module
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
The same thing occurs with a fault in the servo drive module. The drive
fault is then signalled to the supply module via the BB return signal cable
X1.2 of the bus X1, where it permits the Bb1 signal contact to drop.
ÜbwachAntriebssys
Figure 76: Internal monitoring of the drive system supply module-drive module
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
7.2. Effective
fault-finding
The safety guidelines as outlined in Chapter 6.1 must be noted
when troubleshooting in the machine.
7.2.1. Possible causes
of malfunctions, general
Faults in the machine or the facility can have very different causes. Drive
movements can be effected by faults in the following areas:
1. Mechanical coupling or transmission elements at the motor shaft
(loose, elasticity, conversion, moments of inertia, jams, friction)
2. Mechanical stability of the machine’s frame (rigidity)
3. Position measuring systems, position encoder
4. Numerical control (NC, CNC)
5. Other controllers (SPS)
6. Driving systems with
– supply modules
– drive modules
– motor cables
– motor with feedback electronics
7. Mains connections with transformers, throttles and controller loops
with contactors and auxiliary relays.
8. Conditions of the electrical mains
9. Electromagnetic influences caused by equipment or machinery working with frequencies higher than the mains frequency, or the use of
large amounts of energy.
7.2.2. Fault messages
at the terminal strips
The machine user should first check the fault messages at the terminal
strip (cross-section) of the module in the event of a problem. These
signals can easily be evaluated directly at the controller and are displayed on the control panel.
There is an overview of interface signals in Fig. 80.
The Bb1 contact of the supply module is integrated, in accordance with
the recommended controller description, to the supply unit in the emergency-off loop.
The Bb contact of the servo drive module for activating the mains feed
is also then used if the commissioning current needs to be restricted with
the use of resistors (only applies to supply modules TVM1, TVM2 and
KDV1).
In the presence of either a mains fault or a mains failure, or if emergency
off is activated, then this fault message is generally transmitted to the
drive module via cable X1.1. There it brings about a deceleration of the
connected drives and the internal switching off of the controller enable
after approximately 300 ms.
It is possible in the case of some of the supply units (not with TVM1, TVM2
and KDV1) to have the NC, with a clamped on NCB bridge, brake the
attached drives in either an emergency off situation or with a power
failure. This obstructs the transmission of the signal via X1.1.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
121
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
The prerequisite, in this case, is that the occurring braking energy of all
the mounted drives is greater than the energy expended by the motor for
the feedback action conducted by the NC and the link circuit output for
the signal electronics. It is not permissible to conduct the controller
enable over the auxiliary contact of the mains contactor as it would, in this
case, be immediately shut down.
It must always be guaranteed, even with a closed NCB bridge, that the
drives can be shut down in the event of a fault - even in the NC.
Drive Module
(A fault in the drive system means a fault in the supply module, drive module, cable or motor.)
Terminal
Designation
Terminal Strip
Output
Bb
Contact
closed
* The drive is ready to operate.
No faults in drive module.
Diagnostic lamp „Bb“ lit up.
Contact
open
* No power,
or there is interference, or
* Check power connection
and supply module.
* Fault in drive system
* Check diagnostic display
on the front plate
of the modular unit
acc. to Chapter. 7.3.
Meaning of Message
TÜ
Open collector(only TDM 3, output open
TDM 4, (high-impedance)
TDM 6,
TDM 7)
TÜ
(only KDS)
Eliminate Fault
* No fault
Open collectoroutput at 0 volts
(low-impedance)
* Equipment temperature too high:
If drive load is not reduced
within 30 seconds,
the system will be shut down.
Diagnostic lamp „TÜ“ is lit up.
Contact
closed
* No fault
Contact
open
* Equipment temperature too high:
If drive load is not reduced
within 30 seconds,
the system will be shut down.
Diagnostic lamp „TÜ“ is lit up.
Reduce drive load.
Contact TÜ can be
evaluated via an
external controller.
Reduce drive load.
Contact TÜ can be
evaluated via an
external controller.
Figure 77: Summary of the drive module messages issued at the terminal strip.
122
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
Supply module
(fault in drive system means fault in supply module, drive module, cable or motor.)
Terminal
Designation
Terminal Strip
Output
Meaning of Message
Fault elimination
Bb1
Contact
closed
* Ready to shutdown power.
No fault in driving system.
-
Contact
open
* Controller voltage/mains auxilliary
voltage lacking at supply module or
* Fuse down
* Fault in drive system
* Plug-in end terminal X1
* Control diagnostic display
on the front plate
of the modular unit,
acc. to Chap. 9.2.3.
* Check fuses.
* TVM only: supply module defective
due to excessive deceleration energy
(ballast resistance overloaded)——> * Exchange supply module
BVW
(only KDV 2,
TVD 1)
Contact
closed
* No fault
Contact
open
* Mean time of drive
deceleration too high.
tion
at end of set, or,
by an additional 25%,
then terminal Bb1 will open.)
TVW
Contact
(only KDV 3, closed
KDV 4,TVD 1)
Contact open
UD
Contact
(only KDV 2, closed
KDV3, KDV 4,
TVD 1)
Contact
open
* Reduce speed,
* Initiate emergency off func(If mean load increases
* Take a break.
(Can be recognized and
executed
by means of external controller.)
* No fault
* Too much power run on
average with the mounted
drives; temperature in
power section too high.
* Shutdown via terminal Bb1
in 30 seconds; diagnostic
display lamp „TÜ“ will light up.
* Reduce drive load within
the 30 seconds or run free
and shut down.
(Can be recognized
and executed by external
controller.)
* Mains feed on supply module
working.
Mains fault present:
* Mains failure, phase failure
* Voltage too low
* No right rotational field (only
applies to KDV3 and KDV4)
* Check mains feed
* Check diagnostic display
on the supply module,
acc. to Chap. 7.3
* The NC can be shut down
during operation when
UD terminal open,
if NCB bridge on terminal
strip is closed.
If NCB bridge is open,
then shut down occurs
internally via the drive
by internal switching of
set point to zero.
Figure 78: Summary of the drive module messages issued at terminal strip
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
123
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
Terminal
Designation
Terminal Strip
Output
Meaning of Message
NH
(only KDV 2,
KDV 3)
Open collectoroutput open
(high-impedance)
Mains auxiliary power properly applied
to mains input terminal
of the supply module.
Open collectoroutput at 0 volts
(low-impedance)
No mains auxiliary power at terminal
L1-L3. Diagnostic lamp „AUX: VOLT“
lit up
* Fans simultaneously
not being supplied.
Should mains auxiliary fail
for longer periods of time
during operation,
then the motors will shut down
after a specific length of time
because of overtemperature.
* Power cannot be turned on
until mains auxiliary power
is applied.
Open collectoroutput at 0 volts
(low-impedance)
Mains auxiliary power properly applied
to mains input terminal
of the supply module.
Open collectoroutput open
(high-impedance)
No mains auxiliary power at terminal
L1-L3. Diagnostic lamp „AUX: VOLT“
lit up
* Fans simultaneously
not being supplied.
Should mains auxiliary fail
for longer periods of time
during operation,
then the motors will shut down
after a specific length of time
because of overtemperature.
* Power cannot be turned on
until mains auxiliary power
is applied.
* Check the mains auxiliary
power connection
* If mains auxiliary power
applied to terminals L1-L3,
then the supply module
is defective.
Contact
closed
Internal mains contactor
released
Check
unit controller
Contact
open
Internal mains contactor
attracted
Contact
closed
Internal mains contactor
attracted
Contact
open
Internal mains contactor
released
HSM
(only KDV 4)
K1NC
(only TVD 1)
K1NO
(only TVD 1)
Fault Elimination
* Check the mains auxiliary
power connection
* If mains auxiliary power
applied to terminals L1-L3,
then the supply module
is defective.
Check
unit controller
Figure 79: Overview of drive module messages issued at terminal strip.
124
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
7.3. LED Diagnostic
Displays
If the fault cannot be located using the messages received at the terminal
strips, then the diagnostic displays on the front side of each modular unit,
beginning with the supply module, need to be checked. This can be
quickly accomplished by using the figures in Chapter 9.
The most practical thing to do first is to check to see whether the light
emitting diodes are displaying the condition „working“, as indicated in
these figures. In the presence of a malfunction, the green lamps
generally light up, while the red lamps should be off.
Clearing a Fault:
A reset-key makes it possible to clear all stored fault messages without
having to shutdown the mains auxiliary power/control voltage on the
supply module. It is located on the front on the right hand side at the top
above the diagnostics display.
The fault messages are automatically cleared and reset after the control
voltage has been turned back on.
7.3.1. Diagnostic Displays
on the
Power Supply Modules
If the diagnostic displays on the supply or driving modules indicate a fault,
then the following measures can be taken individually:
The diagnostic displays are only valid if lamp „24V, plus/minus
15V“ is completely lit up.
Power o. k.
green
With fault
➞
off
No power or fault present.
Possible fault causes and measures:
– Link circuit throttle connection of the supply module not allocated
(does not apply to TVM 1 and 2).
➞ Check whether the throttle on the link circuit throttle connecting
terminals 1L+, 2L+, 1L-, 2L- has been properly attached, or whether
a wire strap has been clamped on.
– No mains power
➞ Check three-phase mains power connection
(Look for fault between mains connection and supply unit.)
➞ Check the mains contactor control
– Mains voltage too low
➞ Test mains power at connecting terminals L1, L2, L3 of the supply
module.
➞ Incorrect transformer connection or fault in mains
– Mains power phase missing
➞ Check and re-measure 3-phase mains power at the supply module
➞ Check link circuit short-circuit
➞ Check mains fuse
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
125
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
– Only applies to KDV2, 3 and 4:
No right rotational field present (fault only occurs the first time the
machine or the drives are connected to the mains).
➞ Check rotational field direction at connecting terminals L1, L2, L3 of
the supply module (e.g., with the use of rotational field measuring
equipment, or the succession of phases with an oscilloscope).
Exchange leads L1 and L2 on the supply module if there is no right
rotational field.
Absolute attention must be paid that mains auxiliary power connections L1, or L3 remain connected inphase to power connections L1,
or L3 of the supply module KDV, in accordance with connection
plans.
– Supply module defective
➞ Remove intermediate circuit busbars and bus cable X1 between the
supply module and the driving module, then repeat the above check.
If no fault can be found now, and the LED „power OK“ of the supply
module is lit up, then the fault is in the connected drive modules.
➞ Exchange supply modules.
+24V, ±15V
green
(Only units:
TVD 1, KDV 3, KDV 4)
With fault
➞
off
The control voltage for the signal electronics is faulty, or exceeds
tolerance (the values should range between plus/minus 15V : 14.75
... 15.25 volts, 24V: 22.3 ... 32 volts).
Should this LED flash or not light up, then all other diagnostic
messages are invalid!
Possible fault causes and measures:
– Only applies to KDV3 and KDV4:
No mains auxiliary power at supply module input
➞ Check mains connection for auxiliary power
– Short-circuit in the signal electronics in at least one of the connected
drives (in drive module, feedback cable, or motor feedback).
➞ Remove the individual line connectiions (bus connection X1, feedback cable, wiring on the terminal strips) and then
➞ measure the 24V, plus/minus 15V voltages at the connection points
or terminals and, in this way, begin to limit the fault (generally shortcircuit).
– Maximum load of the control voltage plus/minus 15 V or 24 V is being
exceeded.
➞ Check current load via the connected drives in accordance with the
data sheet (current input).
– Only applies to KDV3 and KDV4:
Defective unit fuse in the supply module
➞ check fuses,
➞ if fault remains, find the fault on the 24 volts or in the fans, and
eliminate it,
➞ put in new fuses.
126
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
AUX. VOLT
With fault
green
(Only units:
KDV 2, KDV 3, KDV 4)
➞
off
No auxiliary mains power at terminal L1-L3 and fans not working
(risk from excessive temperature).
Possible fault causes and measures:
– Mains failure
➞ Nothing needs to be done
Drives will continue only as long as there is sufficient power in the link
circuit
– Supply module fuses defective
➞ Check fuses,
➞ See LED "24V, +15V"
➞ Insert new fuse
– Supply module fuses defective
(Line break, circuit contact defective)
➞ Check connection and controller of the mains auxiliary voltage
between mains and supply module.
➞ Do not run drives for longer periods of time at full load because fan
switched off.
Eliminate fault.
MAINS FAULT or
MAINS O.K.
green
(Only units:
TVD 1, KDV 4)
With fault
➞
off
Mains fault displayed.
Mains power disrupted or improperly connected
(voltage too low, phase missing, no right rotational field)
Possible fault causes and measures:
– No mains voltage
➞ Measure whether there is mains voltage at connecting terminals L1,
L2, L3 of the supply module. (Look for fault between mains connection and supply unit.)
➞ Check controller of the mains contactor.
– Mains voltage too low
➞ Measure mains voltage at connecting terminals L1, L2, L3 of supply
module.
➞ Improper transformer connected or fault in mains.
– Only applies to KDV4:
Right rotational field present (fault only occurs the first time the drives
or the motor connected to the mains).
➞ Check rotational field direction at connecting terminals L1, L2, L3 of
the supply module (e.g., using rotational field measuring equipment
or the succession of phases with an oscilloscope).
If there is no right rotational field, then exchange lines L1 and L2 on
the supply module.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
127
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
– No phase
➞ Re-measure the three phases of the mains connection voltage
➞ Check mains connection
➞ Check mains fuses
– Supply module defective
➞ Separate link circuit busbars and bus cable X1 between the supply
and drive modules and repeat the above test. If the mains voltage is
working after the above test has been run and the LED „power OK“
of the supply module is off, then the supply module is defective. If
„power OK“ is lit up, then the fault is in the connected drive modules.
➞ Exchange supply modules
OVERVOLTAGE or
OVERVOLT FUSE
red
(Only units:
TVM, TVD 1, KDV 1)
With fault
➞
on
Temperature of the loading resistance (bleeder) too high or power
section is defective.
After the fault has been eliminated, press the black reset key on the
front above the diagnostic display to re-start.
Possible faults and measures:
– Mains voltage too high:
➞ Re-measure the voltage at terminals L1-L2
– Only applies to TVM, TVD 1: Incorrect wiring of the additional bleeder
module TBM
➞ Check wiring in accordance with connection plan
– Only applies to KDV1: Fan not running or air inlet and outlet obstructed
➞ Check the fan behind the heatsink
➞ Check fan fuses
or
Internal temperature of control cabinet too high
➞ Improve ventilation/cooling of control cabinet
– Deceleration energy of all drives too high:
1. The fault does not occur until after several deceleration procedures.
(The deceleration energy fedback over a mean period is too high.)
➞ Check the load and processing cycles of the drives and reduce if
necessary.
➞ Only applies to TVM: An additional bleeder module TBM or
additional capacitance TCM must be additionally installed.
2. Fault already occurs after the first drive deceleration (generally in an
emergency-off). (The deceleration energy occuring short-term and
fedback is too high.)
➞ Only applies to TVM: An additional bleeder module TBM must be
installed.
➞ Reduce energy content of the drives (moment of inertia or max.
speed).
128
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
– Only applies to TVM, TVD 1: Additional bleeder module TBM defective
➞ Exchange additional bleeder module TBM
– Supply module defective
➞ exchange supply module
BLEEDER OVERLOAD
red
(Only units:
TVD 1, KDV 2, KDV 3, KDV 4)
With fault
➞
on
Deceleration energy of all drives too high (especially in emergencyoff) or the supply module is defective.
After the fault has been corrected, press the black reset key on the
front of the disagnostics display to re-start.
Possible fault causes and measures:
– Mains voltage too high
➞ Re-measure voltage at terminal L1-L2
– Fan not working or air inlet or outlet obstructed
➞ check fan
➞ check fan fuses
– Control cabinet internal temperature (ambient temperature) is too high
➞ improve ventilation/cooling in control cabinet
– Only applies to KDV2 and TVD1: deceleration energy of all drives too
high
1. Fault does not occur until after several drive decelerations. (The
deceleration energy fedback over a mean period of time is too high.)
➞ Check the load and processing cycles of the drive and reduce, if
necessary.
2. Fault already occurs after the first drive deceleration (generally in
emergency-off). (The short-term deceleration energy fedback is too
high.)
➞ An additional TBM bleeder module must be installed.
➞ Reduce the energy content of the drives (moment of inertia or
max. speed).
– Supply module defective
➞ Exchange supply module
EARTH CON.
red
(Only units:
KDV 2, KDV 3, KDV 4)
With fault
➞
on
Ground leak in the supply module, drive module, cables, motor or
power wiring.
After fault has been eliminated, press black reset key on front of
diagnostics display to re-start.
Possible fault causes and measures:
➞ Check all drive modules for fault message „BS“ to immediately
determine a drive with a defective drive module, cable or motor.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
129
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
– Ground leak in supply module
➞ Remove intermediate circuit busbars.
If fault should occur again, then the supply module is defective. If it
does not, then the ground leak is in the connected drive components.
➞ Exchange supply module
– Ground leak in the power wiring
➞ Visual check of all connections and terminal connections (e.g.,
intermediate circuit busbars L+, L- cable connection A1, A2, A3
motor terminal box) for earth contact as well as all lines for insulation
failure.
– Ground leak in a motor
➞ Remove all motor cables at the motors. If no ground leak occurs,
then ground leak is in motor.
➞ Exchange motor
– Ground leak in the motor cable or drive module
➞ Clamp off motor cable of the drive modules. If ground leak does not
occur, then the motor cable is defective. Otherwise, there is probably
a ground leak in the drive module.
➞ Exchange motor cable
➞ Exchange drive module
OVERCURRENT
red
(Only units:
TVD 1, KDV 3, KDV 4)
With fault
➞
on
Excess current or short-circuit in the power section of the supply or
drive modules or in the motor.
After the fault has been eliminated, press the black reset key on the
front of the diagnostics display to switch back on.
Possible Faults and Measures:
➞ Check all drive modules for fault message „BS“ to quickly find a drive
with defective drive module, cable or motor.
– Short-circuit at connecting terminals 1L+, 2L+, 1L-, 2L- of the supply
module for the link circuit throttle.
➞ Check whether the link circuit throttle or the wire strap at this terminal
has been properly connected in accordance with the connecting
plans.
– Fault only occurs when decelerating the drives: mains inductance too
high.
– Programming module MOD does not fit into the drive module - motor
combination
➞ Check the rating plate information of all drives with the respective
drive module and motor type to see whether they match.
– Short-circuit in the supply module
➞ Remove link circuit busbars from supply module. If fault occurs
again, then supply module is defective. Otherwise, the short-circuit
is in the connected drive components.
➞ Exchange supply module.
130
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
– Short-circuit in the power wiring
➞ Visual check of all connections and terminal connections (e.g., link
circuit busbars L+, L-, cable connections A1, A2, A3) as well as all
lines for insulation damage.
– Short-circuit in a drive module
➞ If the red LED „BS“ of a drive module should also light up, then the
fault, in the case of this drive, is in the amplifier, motor or cable.
➞ Clamp off the motor cables on drive modules at A1, A2, A3. If a
short-circuit should still occur, then the drive module is defective.
Otherwise, the short is in the cable or motor.
➞ Exchange defective drive module
– Short-circuit in a motor cable or the motor
➞ Disconnect the motor cable at the motors. Bridge thermostat contact. If short occurs now, then the fault is in the motor cable.
Otherwise, the motor has an interturn short-circuit.
➞ Measure motor inturn resistance and exchange defective motor.
TEMP. FAULT
red
(Only units:
TVD 1, KDV 3, KDV 4)
With fault
➞
on
Shutdown due to excessive temperature. The temperature prewarning via contact TVW was ignored.
After the fault has been eliminated, press the black reset key on the
front of the diagnostics display to re-start.
Possible fault causes and measures:
– Fan not working, air inlet and outlet obstructed or the heatsink is dirty.
➞ Check fan
➞ Check fan fuse
➞ Clean heatsink, if necessary.
– Inside temperature of control cabinet (ambient temperature) too high
➞ Improve control cabinet ventilation/cooling
– Overall efficiency of connected drives too high
➞ Check the overall efficiency of the drives, a second supply module
may be needed.
– Supply module defective
➞ Exchange unit
Bb1 CLOSED
green
(Only units: TVD 1)
With fault
➞
off
Ready-to-operate contact is open because there is a fault in the
supply module or in drive.
After the fault has been eliminated, press the black reset key on the
front of the diagnostics display to re-start.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
131
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
Possible fault causes and measures:
– Fault in supply module:
➞ Check the other diagnostics lamps to see what fault is present. The
green lamp „+24V/+15V“ must be lit up. All red LED’s must be off.
➞ Exchange supply module
– Fault in drive module:
➞ Check all diagnostic displays on the front of all drive modules, to see
which fault is present. All red LED’s must be off.
7.3.2. Diagnostic Displays
on the Drive Modules
The diagnostic displays are only valid if the lamp „24V, plus/
minus +15V“ is lit up
(1) = does not apply to KDS1 and the older units of the types
TDM1, TDM2 with serial numbers below SN 233 .....,
TDM3 with serial numbers below SN 240060-...
TDM4 with serial numbers below SN 240062-...
+24 V, ±15 V
green
With fault
➞
off
Control voltage for signal electronics disrupted, or outside of tolerance
(the values must range as follows: plus/minus 15V: 14.75 ... 15.25
volts, 24 V: 22.5 ... 32 volts).
After the fault has been eliminated, press the black reset button on
the front of the diagnostics display to re-start.
All other diagnostic messages are invalid if this LED is either
flashing or lit up!
Possible fault causes and measures:
– No mains auxiliary voltage at input of the supply module
➞ Check mains connection (open circuit, switching contact defective)
➞ Check connection and controller of the mains auxiliary voltage
between mains and supply module.
– Loose or defective bus cable connection X1
➞ Bus cable X1 must be firmly plugged in, exchange if defective.
– Short-circuit in at least one of the connected drives
(in drive module, feedback cable, or motor feedback)
➞ Remove the individual connections (bus connection X1, feedback
cable, wiring to the terminal strip), and then,
➞ measure the 24V, +15V voltage at the connecting points of the
terminals in an effort to locate the fault (generally short-circuit).
– Response during operation: The maximum load of the control voltage
+15 V or 24 V is being exceeded.
132
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
➞ Check the current load from the connected drives in accordance with
the data sheet (current consumption).
– Defective fuse in supply module
➞ Check fuse
➞ If fault still present, locate overload at the 24 volts or in the fans and
eliminate.
➞ Put in new fuse
BLC 1
green
BLC 2
green
BLC 3
green
Rotor position signals:
Only one or two diagnostic lamps should light up simultaneously
during a shutdown or when the speed is low. The lamps blink at low
speed. All three lamps appear to be lit up simultaneously at high
speeds.
Fault:
A fault is present if all three lamps are simultaneously lit up during
shutdown or with low speeds.
Checking procedure:
– Switch power to mains off (disconnect mains contactor). Switch
only mains auxiliary voltage/control voltage on at supply module.
– Disconnect motor cable from motor.
– Release brakes.
– Pull motor shaft through by hand and check all 6 states for
correctness, in acc. with Fig. 80.
Possible fault causes and measures:
– Faulty connection of the feedback cable to the drive module
➞ check connection
– Fault in motor feedback cable
➞ exchange cable
– Fault in the motor feedback
➞ measure plus/minus 15 volts voltage of the motor feedback
➞ exchange motor
– Fault in drive module
➞ Exchange unit
Tacho
With fault
➞
off
green
Interference in tacho signal or signals BLC1, BLC2, BLC3 (1).
After the fault has been cleared, press the black reset key on the
front of the diagnostics display to re-start.
Possible faults causes and measures:
– Faulty connection or break in the motor feedback cable
➞ check feedback connection
➞ exchange feedback cable
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
133
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
– Excessive motor speed
➞ check feedback connection
➞ exchange feedback cable
– Motor feedback defective
➞ exchange motor
– Servo drive module defective
➞ exchange unit
– Fault in BLC signals
➞ check BLC signals, as described in LED „LBC1, BLC2, BLC3.
BLC 1
BLC 2
BLC 3
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1 = BLC LED on
0 = BLC LED off
1) 90 degrees mechanical with MAC 021, MAC 025, MAC 041
1)
120° mechan.
BLC 1
BLC 1
t
BLC 2
t
BLC 2
t
t
BLC 3
BLC 3
t
t
right rotation of motor
left rotation of motor
BLCLeucht
Figure 80: BLC LEDs and signal path
134
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
Power or PWR
green
With fault
➞
off
No power applied or power disrupted.
Possible fault causes and measures:
– Link circuit busbars not sufficiently or not at all screwed in.
Green lamp „power OK“ on the supply module is lit up.
➞ Check the fit of the link circuit busbars
– Link circuit throttle connection of the supply module (if present) not
allocated
➞ Check whether the throttle at the link circuit throttle connection
terminals 1L+, 2L+, 1L-, 2L- are properly connected, or whether
there is a wire strap present.
– No mains voltage
If green lamp „power OK“ at the supply module not lit up,
➞ check 3-phase mains voltage connection. (Look for fault between
mains connection and supply unit.)
➞ Check the controller of the mains contactor.
– Mains voltage lacks phase:
➞ check 3-phase mains voltage at the supply module and re-measure,
➞ check link circuit short-circuit,
➞ check mains fuse.
– Only applies to KDV2, KDV3 and KDV4:
No right rotational field (fault only occurs with first connection of
machine or drive to the mains).
➞ Check the rotational direction at connecting terminals L1, L2, L3 of
the supply module (e.g., using rotational field measuring device, or
check phase sequence with an oscilloscope). If there is no right
rotational field, exchange leads L1 and L2 at the supply module.
Attention must be paid that mains auxiliary voltage connections L1
or L2 remain inphase with power connections L1, or L3 of supply
module KDV, in accordance with the connection plan!
– Mains voltage too low
➞ Measure mains voltage at connection terminals L1, L2, L3 of the
supply module.
➞ Faulty transformer connection or fault in mains
– Supply module defective
➞ Disconnect link circuit busbars and bus cable X1 between supply
module and drive modules and repeat the above check. If there is no
fault now, and the LED „power OK“ of the supply module is lit up, then
the fault is in the connected drive module.
➞ Exchange supply module.
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
135
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
RF
With fault
green
Controller release not applied to terminal RF
With fault
➞
➞
off
flashes (1)
Drive is interference free, but locked internally as there is no power
voltage
Possible fault causes and measures:
LED flashing:
see above under LED „power“/“PWR“
LED off:
If message „power“ / „PWR“ lit up, then it should be possible to operate
the drive after controller enable signal (3.30 volts) is input at terminal RF.
Otherwise there is a fault in the drive.
➞ Measure voltage terminal RF
Bb
green
With fault
➞
off
The drive is not ready to operate.
Bb contact of the drive module is open.
With fault
➞
flashes (1)
No power voltage, drive interference-free
Possible fault causes and measures:
– No power voltage
➞ see LED „power“/“PWR“
– Fault in drive
➞ see which LEDs display fault „plus/minus 15V, 24V“, „tacho“, „TS“,
„BS“, „TÜ“.
TS
red
With fault
➞
flashes (1)
Temperature pre-warning, maximum equipment temperature exceeded. Drive to shut down in 30 seconds.
With fault
➞
on
Shutdown due to excessive equipment temperature.
After fault has been recovered, press the black reset key on the front
of the diagnostics display to re-start.
Possible fault causes and measures:
– Fan not working or air inlet or outlet obstructed.
➞ Check fan
➞ Check fan fuse
– Inside temperature of control cabinet too high (ambient temperature)
➞ Improve control cabinet ventilation/cooling
136
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
– Load cycle of the drive too high
➞ Increase break times or reduce load
– Wrong programming module MOD plugged in
➞ Check the data on the rating plate for agreement
TÜ
red
With fault
➞
off
Temperature pre-warning that equipment temperature has already
been exceeded.
The temperature monitoring opens (only in the KDS). The "open"
collector output temperature monitoring (only in TDM3 and TDM4)
switches to low-impedance 0 volts. Should the drive load not be
sufficiently reduced within the next 30 seconds, then the drive package
will be switched off.
Possible fault causes and measures:
see above under LED „TS“
BS
red
With fault
➞
on
Shutdown due to (even short-term) overcurrent, short-circuit or
ground leak (1) in the drive module, cable or motor.
After fault has been recovered, press the black reset key on the front
of the diagnostics display to re-start.
Possible fault causes and measures:
– Overcurrent when drive is run
➞ Hit reset key once, input speed set point to zero and turn drive on with
signal at terminal RF:
If fault does not occur again immediately, then there was an
overcurrent during the run of the drive.
In this case, check to see whether the motor and controller types
listed on the rating plate of programming module MOD have actually
been built-in.
NOTE: In this case do not repeatedly hit the reset, as this might
otherwise cause further damage to motor and drive modules.
Fault should continue to be localized and all components tested first:
– Short-circuit or ground leak in cable or connection
➞ Test connection and cable, exchange if necessary.
– Short circuit or ground fault in motor
➞ Check the motor for a short-circuit or ground leak, exchange if
necessary.
Should the fault occur again after the reset has been hit, then
– the drive module is defective
➞ exchange drive module
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
137
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
7.4. General faults
and possible remedial
measures
(1)=For add. measures, see respective Diagnostics Display in Chapter 7.3
No. Fault
Message
at
Terminal Strip
Diagnostics
message in
event of fault
1. Mains cannot be
switched on.
Terminal Bb1
open
„24V/ ±15V“ off
- Switch on mains auxiliary voltage/
controller voltage
- Check mains connection
- Check bus cable connecting
equipment for short circuit
- Check diagnostics „24V/ plus/minus 15V“ (1)
„24V/ ±15V“ on
- Fault in drive system
Check diagnostics display (1)
Terminal Bb1
closed
„Power“ off
(„PWR“)
„Power“ on
(„PWR“)
Action to be taken
No fault in drive system
- Switch power on
- Mains voltage lacking
or faulty (1)
- Check link circuit
throttle connection
- Check diagnostics display (1)
Mains voltage on
2. Equipment fuses
in supply unit blow
blow:
24VL-fuse F2,
mains auxiliary voltage
connection, controller voltage
connection fuses F3, F4
Terminal
Bb1 open
„24V/ ±15V“ off
Fan fuses F5
on corresponding
fan plate,
F7, F8 on the front
plate of the supply
module (if present).
Power fuse
F1 in TVM 1, TVM 2
and KDV 1
Short-circuit or overload caused
by attached fans.
- Check the current load
of the attached fans.
- Locate defective fan or defective
modular unit by removing the
connecting cable and exchange,
if necessary.
„Power“ off
(„PWR“)
„BS“ on
(Drive module)
3. Fans not
running
Short-circuit or overload
in power section
or in the 24 VL outputs
- Check 24 VL outputs at the
supply module and at the
connected drive modules.
- Check 24VL current load from the
connected drives. Is the supply module
overloaded?
- Remove bus X1 from the supply module.
Should problem still occur,
then exchange supply module
(usually if F3, F4 defective).
If problem no longer occurs,
determine drive module
with short circuit
or overload at the 24VL,
and exchange if defective.
Short-circuit in power section
- Separate link circuit busbars
from supply module.
- If problem continues,
exchange supply module.
If problem no longer occurs,
determine drive with short-circuit
by measuring resistance between
L+ and L- (also check
diagnostics light „BS“ (1)).
- If the problem occurs while
drives are operating, then the
supply module is overloaded.
- No mains auxiliary voltage
at input terminals of supply modules
(only with KDV2, KDV3 and KDV4).
- No fan supply voltage
- Fuses F7, F8 defective
(only with KDV2, KDV3 and KDV4).
- Check fuses on the fan plates
of the corresponding fans.
- Exchange fan or modular unit.
- Fan rotor mechanically blocked.
Figure 81: Summary of possible problems and actions to be taken.
138
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
7. Fault-Finding and Diagnostics
Message
at
Terminal Strip
No. Fault
4. Drive cannot be
shut down
and remains
torque free
5. Drive active
but not turning
or cannot be
moved.
Diagnostics
message
in event of fault
Action to be taken
„Power“ off
- Switch on mains voltage:
(see Point 1 of this table)
„Power“ on
„RF“ off
„RF“ on or
flashing
- Input set point
- Input controller enable signal (1)
- Eliminate break in motor
or feedback line (1)
- Motor mechanically blocked,
eliminate blockage
- Aereate motor brake, if drive blocked
- Exchange servo drive module
- Exchange motor
(motor feedback defective)
„RF“ off
6. Drive runs
uncontrolled to
positive
speed after being
switched on.
- Input set point
- Input controller enable signal (1)
- Eliminate break in motor
or feedback cable (1)
- Motor mechanically blocked,
eliminate blockage
- Aereate motor brake, if drive blocked
- Check load momentum
- Exchange servo drive module
- Motor feedback defective,
exchange motor
- Check whether speed set point equals zero.
- Exchange speed set point polarity with
feedback of position control loop.
- Position control in NC defective.
- Exchange feedback cable.
- Exchange servo drive module.
- Exchange motor.
7. Unwanted halting
of drives
during operation.
- Check diagnostics display (1)
(Problem in drive system)
8. Non-uniform
turning of drives,
non-uniform
feed movement.
- Check labelling of programming
module MOD (wrong drive
module or motor)
- Check speed set point input value,
adjust to NC output.
- Check motor power connection
(connections transposed, loose terminal
point or a break in the cable)
- Check motor feedback connection
(connections transposed, loose terminal
point or break in cable)
- Check whether mains input at
connection L1, L2, L3 of supply module is
achieved using only two mains phases:
* check fuses
* check mains connection
- Check interference suppression measures
(see Chapter 5.5):
* contactor and relay coils
* cable shields
- Aereate brakes if motor running
against brakes.
- Cut off mechanical coupling
at motor shaft:
* load moment of inertia too high?
* coupling too soft?
(e.g., bellows coupling)
* slack in the coupling?
* too much friction or is there jamming?
- Optimize NC position control if Kv
amplification too high.
- Check NC set point
Excessive harmonic vibrations
on the NC set point:
* reduce harmonic vibrations or
* increase set point smoothing and new
optimization of position control
(smaller Kv amplification)
- Check position analysis
* position encoder defective?
* mechanical slack beween position encoder
and motor?
- Exchange motor
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
139
8. Notes on Equipment Replacement
8. Notes on
Equipment
Replacement
Time consuming searches for the faults within the individual units or the
repair of the units within the machine are not acceptable because of the
loss in production that these represent.
The diagnostic displays and the fault signals at the controller interfaces
of INDRAMAT’s AC Drives make a to-the-point and effective troubleshooting possible.
Once a drive component such as the supply module, drive amplifier
module, motor or cable is diagnosed as defective, it can be exchanged
without any problem. This makes a speedy elimination of the problem
and a resumption of operation without drawn out assembly and adjustment work possible.
The factory-ready and optimized programming module MOD makes this
adjustment-free exchange possible.
The following should be noted when exchanging a component:
– The new unit, motor or cable must have the exact same type designation on its rating plate as the one that is being replaced.
– In the case of a servo drive module (generally not defective), programming module MOD should be removed from the defective unit and
plugged into the replacement drive module.
– The drift must be checked when exchanging the servo drive module, in
accordance with Chapter 2.1, keyword „Drift Alignment“.
– When returning a defective unit to Indramat Customer Service, the
„Repair Card“,
depicted on the next page, should accompany the return, after it has
been filled out, to indicate all problems and faults which occurred.
If no repair card is available, then just make a copy of the following page,
fill it out, and return it with the defective part. A short description of the
faults and problems which occurred should, in any case, accompany
the return to guarantee a quick and effective repair.
A repair card can be obtained from INDRAMAT.
Customer service contacts:
INDRAMAT GmbH
Bgm.-Dr. Nebel-Str. 2
D-97816 Lohr am Main
Technical service:
Mr. Krasemann
Tel. 09352/404496
Fax 09352/404440
Sales and
organizational handling:
Ms. Kissner
Tel. 09352/404950
Fax 09352/404992
140
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
8. Notes on Equipment Replacement
Repair Card
for INDRAMAT Units and Unit Components
Name:
Company/Location:
Unit or Part, Type:
Mach. manuf./Co.:
Type
Problem in axis:
horizontal
vertical
Date:
Serial no.:
SN:
Del. cons. No.:
SN:
Del. date:
Mach. no.:
Date op. started:
Duration of operation:
Breakdown date:
Additional notes:
(e.g., LED diagnoses,
fault message on display)
Malfunction condition:
Fault
continuously present
occurs sporadically
occurs after approx.
hrs.
occurs with vibrations
is temperature-dependent
other
Cause of fault:
unknown
connection error
external short
mechanical damage
loose cable connection
other
Additional Notes
General information:
Accompanying affects:
does not operate
drives run smudgy
uncontrolled drive movement
fault in only one direction
supply fuse blown
other
problem in mechanics
mains section failure
controller failure
motor failure
break in cable
other
Controller
Motor
does not operate
display faulty
no set-point output
diagnosis
position offset in
direction
Emergency off loop interrupted
Position control loop does not close
Fault in program sequence
Int. auxilliary function faulty
(outputs)
acknowledgement messages
not accepted (inputs)
other
Controller, Supply Unit,
Amplifier, Mains Section:
LED diagnosis
controller voltage faulty
mains section fuse F
blew
fan defective
bleeder resistance def.
power voltage faulty
connecting bolt torn off
other
Comments:
Thermocouple element defective
brake defective
fan defective
feedback defective
tacho signal faulty
BLC signal faulty
frame ground short
thermal overload
other
Rep_Bglk.fh3
Figure 82: Repair Card
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
141
9. Summary of Diagnostic Displays on Modules
9. Summary of
Diagnostic Displays
on Modules
Figure
Diagnostic Display
for Unit Type
Serial no.
Fig. 83
Fig. 84
TDM 1, TDM 2
TDM 1, TDM 2
from SN234...
below SN233...
Fig. 85
TDM 3,
TDM 6
from SN240060-...
——
Fig. 86
TDM 3,
below SN240060-...
Fig. 87
Fig. 88
TDM 4,
TDM 7
TDM 4,
from SN240062-...
——
below SN240062-...
Fig. 89
KDS 1
——
Fig. 90
TVM 1, TVM 2, KDV 1
——
Fig. 91
KDV 2
——
Fig. 92
KDV 3
——
Fig. 93
KDV 4
——
Fig. 94
TVD 1
——
Figure
Servo drive module:
Supply module:
142
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
9. Summary of Diagnostic Displays on Modules
Diagnostic Display Servo Drive Modules TDM 1 and TDM 2
Equipment with serial numbers from SN 234... is equipped with expanded diagnostics
Note: The messages are only then valid if "+24V, plus/minus15V" message emits constant green light.
(1) Message and unit lock are being stored.
Re-set by hitting re-set key or switching back on.
Off
Lightemitting
diode
green
BLC 1
green
BLC 2
BLC 3
green
green
Switched off
because there was
no controller voltage or
temporary interference (1)
Rotor position
+24V,
±15V
Flashing
Cont. Light
Controller voltage
working
Working:
Working:
Working:
One or two light-emitting
diodes out
Each "BLC" LED
flashes at low speed
(n < 100 min-1)
Motor standing still:
One or two LEDs
lit up.
Malfunction:
The flashing appears to be
a constant light when
speeds are higher.
BLC 1, BLC 2, BLC 3
are simultaneously out.
Faulty connection or
fault in feedback cable
Disconnect due to tacho or
BLC malfunction, faulty
connection or break in cable of
the feedback cable or motor
overspeed (1)
Malfunction:
BLC 1, BLC 2, BLC 3
simultaneously lit up with
low speeds or stand still.
Faulty connection or fault
in feedback cable.
Tacho and BLC
Tacho
green
Power
green
Power voltage not switched
on or disrupted.
RF
green
No controller enable signal
at terminal RF
Unit internally locked
because no power voltage
and/or fault present
Controller enable applied,
drive active
Unit locked because no power
voltage and/or fault present
(display via different LED)
Drives trouble-free,
no power voltage
Drive ready-to-operate
Bb
green
TS
red
Temperature within
acceptable range
Working
BS
Working
Power voltage present
Working
Equipment temperature too high.
Drive will shut down in 30 seconds.
Current within acceptable range
red
Working
Working
Working
Shutdown due to excessive
equipment temperature (1)
Shutdown due to overcurrent,
short-circuit or ground leak in
amplifier, cable or motor (1)
DiagTDM1/2neu
Figure 83: Diagnostics Display Servo Drive Modules TDM1 and TDM2 with Serial
Numbers from SN 234 ...
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
143
9. Summary of Diagnostic Displays on Modules
Diagnostic Displays Servo Drive Modules TDM 1, TDM 2
Equipment with serial numbers from SN 233...
Note: The messages are only then valid if "+24V, plus/minus15V" message displays constant green light.
(1) Message and unit lock are being stored.
Re-set by hitting re-set keyor switching back on.
Off
Lightemitting
diode
green
BLC 1
green
BLC 2
BLC 3
green
green
Working
Working:
Working:
Each "BLC" LED flashes
at low speed
(n < 100 min-1)
Motor standing still:
One or two LEDs
lit up.
Malfunction:
The flashing appears
to be a constant light
at higher speed.
BLC 1, BLC 2, BLC 3
are simultaneously out.
Faulty connection or fault
in feedback cable.
Disconnected due to tacho
malfunction, faulty connection
or break in cable of the
feedback cable or motor
overspeed (1)
green
Power
green
Power voltage not
switched on or disrupted.
RF
green
No controller enable signal
at terminal RF
Bb
TS
red
working
One or two lightemitting diodes out.
Tacho
green
Cont. Light
Controller voltage
Switched off as
no controller voltage
Rotor position
+24V,
±15V
Flashing
Unit locked because
no power voltage
and/or fault present
(display via different LED)
Temperature within
acceptable range
Malfunction:
BLC 1, BLC 2, BLC 3
simultaneously lit up with
low speeds or stand still.
Faulty connection or fault
in feedback cable.
Tacho and BLC
working
Power voltage present
Working
Controller enable applied
Terminal RF on
Working
Drive ready to operate
Working
Shutdown due to excessive
equipment temperature (1)
Working
BS
Current within acceptable range
red
Working
Shutdown due to overcurrent,
short-circuit or ground
leak in amplifier,
cable or motor (1)
DiagTDM1/2alt
Figure 84: Diagnostics Display Servo Drive Modules TDM1and TDM2 with Serial
Numbers from SN 233 ...
144
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
9. Summary of Diagnostic Displays on Modules
Diagnostic Displays Servo Drive Modules TDM 3 and TDM 6
Equipment with serial numbers from SN 240 060 - XXXXX are equipped with expanded diagnostics.
Note: The messages are only then valid if "+24V, plus/minus15V" message displays constant green light.
(1) Message and unit lock are being stored.
Re-set by hitting re-set key or switching back on.
Off
Lightemitting
diode
green
BLC 1
green
BLC 2
BLC 3
green
green
Switched off because
there was no controller
voltage or it was temporarily
disrupted (1)
Rotor position
+24V,
±15V
Working:
Working:
Motor standing still:
One or two LEDs
lit up.
Malfunction:
The flashing appears
to be a constant light
at higher speeds.
BLC 1, BLC 2, BLC 3
are simultaneously out.
Faulty connection or fault
in feedback cable.
Disconnected due to tachometer
or BLC malfunction, faulty
connection or break in cable of
the feedback cable or motor
overspeed (1)
green
Power voltage not
switched on or discrupted.
RF
green
No controller enable signal
at terminal RF
TS
red
Temperature within acceptable
range
Working
Power voltage present
Working
Controller enable applied,
but unit internally locked
because no power voltage
and/or malfunction present
Controller enable applied,
Drive active
Working
Drive problem free,
no power voltage
Drive ready-to-operate
Equipment temperature too high.
Drive will shut down in 30
seconds.
Shutdown due to excessive
equipment temperature (1)
Current within acceptable range
red
Malfunction:
BLC 1, BLC 2, BLC 3
simultaneously lit up
with low speeds or stand still.
Faulty connection or fault in
feedback cable.
Tacho and BLC
Unit locked because fault
present (display via
different LED)
Working
BS
working
Each "BLC" LED flashes
at low speed.
(n < 100 min-1)
PWR
Bb
Controller voltage
Working:
green
green
Cont. Light
Motor standing still:
One or two lightemitting diodes out
Tacho
(Power)
Flashing
Working
Working
Shutdown due to overcurrent,
short-circuit or ground leak in
amplifier, cable or motor (1)
DiagTDM3neu/6
Figure 85: Diagnostics Display Servo Drive Module TDM3 with Serial Numbers from
SN 240060-... and TDM6
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
145
9. Summary of Diagnostic Displays on Modules
Diagnostic Displays Servo Drive Modules TDM 3
Equipment with serial numbers from SN 240 060-XXXXX
Note: The messages are only then valid if "+24V, plus/minus15V" message displays constant green light.
(1) Message and unit lock are being stored.
Re-set by hitting re-set key or switching back on.
Lightermitting
diode
green
BLC 1
green
BLC 2
BLC 3
green
green
Working:
Working:
Motor standing still:
One or two LEDs lit up.
Malfunction:
The flashing appears
to be a constant light
at higher speeds.
BLC 1, BLC 2, BLC 3
simultaneously lit up
with low speeds
or stand still.
Faulty connection or fault
in feedback cable.
Malfunction:
BLC 1, BLC 2, BLC 3
are simultaneously out.
Faulty connection or fault
in feedback cable.
Disconnected due to tachometer
or BLC malfunction, faulty
connection or break in cable of
the feedback cable or motor
overspeed (1)
green
Power voltage not switched
on or disrupted.
RF
green
No controller enabler
signal at terminal RF.
TÜ
red
TS
Unit locked because fault
present (display via different
LED).
Current within acceptable range
red
red
working
Each "BLC" LED flashes
at low speed
(n < 100 min-1)
POWER
BS
Controller voltage
Working:
green
green
Cont. Light
Motor standing still:
One or two light-emitting
diodes out.
Tacho
Bb
Flashing
Switched off as no
controller voltage
Rotor position
+24V,
±15V
Off
Working
Temperature within
acceptable range
Tachometer and BLC
Working
Power voltage present
Working
Controller enabler applied
Drive active
Working
Drive ready to operate
Working
Shutdown due
to overcurrent or shortcircuit in amplifier,
cable or motor (1)
Working
Equipment temperature
too high. Drive to shutdown
in 30 seconds.
Working
Shutdown due to excessive
equipment temperature (1)
DiagTDM3alt
Figure 86: Diagnostics Display Servo Drive Module TDM3 with Serial Numbers below
SN 240060-...
146
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
9. Summary of Diagnostic Displays on Modules
Diagnostic Displays Servo Drive Modules TDM 4, TDM 7
Equipment with serial numbers from SN 240 062 - XXXXX are equipped with expanded diagnostics.
Note: The messages are only then valid if "+24V, plus/minus15V" message displays constant green light.
(1) Message and unit lock are being stored.
Re-set by hitting re-set key or switching back on.
Off
Lightemitting
diode
green
BLC 1
green
BLC 2
BLC 3
green
green
Tacho
green
PWR
green
(Power)
RF
green
Bb
green
TS
red
Switched off because there
was no controller voltage or
it was temporarily disrupted
(1).
Rotor position
+24V,
±15V
BS
Cont. Light
Controller voltage
working
Working:
Working:
Working:
Motor standing still:
One or two lightemitting diodes out.
Each "BLC" LED blinks
with low speed.
(n < 100 min-1)
Motor standing still:
One or two LEDs lit up.
Malfunction:
The blinking appears
to be a constant light
at higher speeds.
BLC 1, BLC 2, BLC 3
simultaneously lit up
with low speeds or stand still.
Faulty connection or fault
in feedback cable.
Malfunction:
BLC 1, BLC 2, BLC 3
are simultaneously out.
Faulty connection or fault
in feedback cable.
Disconnected due to tacho
or BLC malfunction, or
motor overspeed (1)
Tacho and BLC
Working
Power voltage present
Power voltage not
switched on or disrupted.
Working
No controller enable
signal at terminal RF
Controller enable applied,
but unit internally locked
because no power voltage
and/or fault present.
Unit locked because fault
present (display via
different LED).
Drive fault free, no
power voltage.
Temperature within acceptable
range
Working
Current within acceptable range
red
Flashing
Working
Temperature too high.
Drive will shutdown
in 30 seconds.
Controller enable applied
Drive active
Working
Drive ready-to-operate
Working
Shutdown due to excessive
equipment temperature (1)
Shutdown due to overcurrent,
short-circuit or ground leak in
amplifier, cable or motor (1)
DiagTDM4neu/7
Figure 87: Diagnostics Display Servo Drive Modules TDM4 with Serial Numbers from
SN 240062-... and TDM7
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
147
9. Summary of Diagnostic Displays on Modules
Diagnostic Displays Servo Drive Modules TDM 4
Equipment with serial numbers from SN 240 062-XXXXX
Note: The messages are only then valid if "+24V, plus/minus15V" message displays constant green light.
(1) Message and unit lock are being stored.
Re-set by hitting re-set key or switching back on.
Lightermitting
diode
green
BLC 1
green
BLC 2
BLC 3
green
green
Working:
Working:
Motor standing still:
One or two LEDs lit up.
Malfunction:
The flashing appears
to be a constant light
at higher speeds.
BLC 1, BLC 2, BLC 3
simultaneously lit up with low
speeds or stand still. Faulty
connection or fault in feedback
cable.
Malfunction:
BLC 1, BLC 2, BLC 3
are simultaneously out.
Faulty connection or fault
in feedback cable.
Disconnect due to tacho
or BLC malfunction,
or motor overspeed (1)
green
Power voltage not switched
on or disrupted.
RF
green
No controller enable signal
at terminal RF
Unit locked because
fault present (display via
different LED)
Current within acceptable range
BS
red
Working
TÜ
red
Temperature within
acceptable range
red
Working
Each "BLC" LED flashes
at low speed.
(n < 100 min-1)
POWER
TS
Controller voltage
Working:
green
green
Cont. Light
Motor standing still:
One or two light-ermitting
diodes out.
Tacho
Bb
Flashing
Switched off as no
controller voltage
Rotor position
+24V,
±15V
Off
Tacho and BLC
Working
Power voltage present
Working
Controller enable applied
Drive active
Working
Drive ready-to-operate
Working
Shutdown due to overcurrent,
or short-circuit in amplifier,
cable or motor (1)
Working
Equipment temperature
too high. Unit will shutdown
in 30 seconds.
Working
Shutdown due to excessive
equipment temperature (1)
DiagTDM4alt
Figure 88: Diagnostics Display Servo Drive Module TDM4 with Serial Numbers below
SN 240062-...
148
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
9. Summary of Diagnostic Displays on Modules
Diagnostic Displays Servo Drive Modules KDS 1
Note: The messages are only then valid if "+24V, plus/minus15V" message displays constant green light.
(1) Message and unit lock are being stored.
Re-set by hitting re-set key or switching back on.
Lightermitting
diode
+24V,
±15V
BLC 2
BLC 3
green
green
Cont. Light
Controller voltage
green
Working:
Working:
Working:
Each "BLC" LED flashes
at low speed
(n < 100 min-1)
Motor standing still:
One or two LEDs lit up.
Malfunction:
The flashing appears to be a
constant light at higher speeds.
BLC 1, BLC 2, BLC 3
simultaneously lit up
with low speeds or stand still.
Faulty connection or fault
in feedback cable.
Malfunction:
BLC 1, BLC 2, BLC 3
are simultaneously out.
Faulty connction or fault
in feedback cable.
Disconnect due to tacho
malfunction, faulty connection
or cable disruption of the
feedback cable or motor
overspeed (1)
green
POWER
green
Power voltage not
switched on or disrupted.
RF
green
No controller release
signal at terminal RF.
green
Working
Motor standing still:
One or two light-emitting
diodes out.
Tacho
Bb
Flashing
Switched off as no
controller voltage
green
Rotor position
BLC 1
Off
Unit locked because fault
present (display via different
LED).
Tacho and BLC
Working
Power voltage present
Working
Controller enable applied
Drive active
Working
Drive ready-to-operate
Working
BS
red
Working
Shutdown due to overcurrent,
or short-circuit in amplifier,
cable or motor (1)
TS
red
Working
Shutdown due to excessive
equipment temperature (1)
TÜ
red
Temperature within acceptable
range
Current within acceptable range
Working
Equipment temperature
too high. Drive will shutdown
in 30 seconds.
DiagKDS1
Figure 89: Diagnostics Display Servo Drive Module KDS1
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
149
9. Summary of Diagnostic Displays on Modules
Diagnostic Displays Suply Modules TVM 1, TVM 2, KDV 1
Note: The messages are only valid if the "+24V, plus/minus15V"constantly lit up.
(1) Message and equipment lock are stored.
Re-set by pressing re-set key or switching back on.
Off
Light-emitting diodes
H3 Überspannung
OVERVOLTAGE
red
H4 Leistung Ein
POWER ON
green
Deceleration capabilities of
drive within permissible range
Working
Cont. light
Power off due to excessive
deceleration energy, excessive
mains voltage or defective
drive module (1)
Power voltage
Power not switched
on or disrupted
Working
DiagTVM1/2KDV1
Figure 90: Diagnostics Display for Supply Modules TVM1, TVM2 and KDV1
Diagnostics Display for Supply Module KDV 2
Note: The messages are only valid if the "+24V, plus/minus15V" message is constantly lit up.
(1) Message and equipment lock are stored.
Re-set by pressing re-set key or switching back on.
Light-emitting diodes
Bleeder Überlast
BLEEDER
OVERLOAD
red
Off
Deceleration capabilities of drive
within permissible range
Working
No ground leak
Erdschluß
EARTH CON.
red
Hilfsspannung
AUX. VOLT
green
Leistung o.k.
POWER o.k.
green
Working
No mains auxiliary voltage
at terminals L1 ... L3
Cont. light
Power off due to excessive
deceleration energy or fault in
supply module (1)
Power off due to ground leak in
supply module, in drive module,
in cable or in motor (1)
Mains auxiliary voltage
Power not switched
on or disrupted
Working
Power voltage
Working
DiagKDV2
Figure 91: Diagnostics Display for Supply Module KDV2
150
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
9. Summary of Diagnostic Displays on Modules
Diagnostic Displays for Supply Module KDV 3
Note: The messages are only valid if the "+24V, plus/minus15V" message is constantly lit up.
(1) Message and equipment lock are stored.
Re-set by pressing re-set key or switching back on.
Light-emitting diodes
Off
+24V/±15V
green
Power off due to faulty controller
voltage
Hilfsspannung
AUX. VOLT
green
No mains auxiliary voltage
at terminals L1 ... L3
Leistung o.k.
POWER o.k.
green
Power not on or disrupted.
Überstrom
OVERCURRENT
red
Erdschluß
EARTH CON.
red
Übertemperatur
TEMP. FAULT
red
Bleeder Überlast
BLEEDER
OVERLOAD
red
Cont. light
Controller voltage
Working
Mains auxiliary voltage
Working
Power voltage
Working
Current in power section within
permissible range
Working
No ground leak
Working
Equipment temperature
Working
Deceleration capabilities of drive
within permissible range
Working
Power off due to overcurrent,
short circuit in supply module,
in drive module,
in cable or in motor (1)
Power off due to
ground leak in supply module,
in drive module,
in cable or in motor (1)
Power off as unit temperature
too high (1)
Power off due to excessive
deceleration energy or fault in
supply module (1)
DiagKDV3
Figure 92: Diagnostics Display for Supply Module KDV3
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
151
9. Summary of Diagnostic Displays on Modules
Diagnostics Display on Supply Module KDV 4
Note: The messages are only valid if the "+24V, plus/minus15V" message is constantly lit up.
(1) Message and equipment locked are stored.
Re-set by pressing re-set key or switching back on.
Light-emitting diodes
H1 Hilfsspannung
AUX. VOLT
green
H2 +24V/±15V
green
Off
No mains auxiliary voltage at
terminals L1 ... L3
Power off due to faulty controller
voltage
H3 Netzüberwachung green
MAINS FAULT
mains malfunction:
Phase missing,
no right rotational field
or mains voltage too low
H4 Leistung o.k.
POWER o.k.
Power not switched on or
disrupted
green
Bleeder Überlast
H5 BLEEDER
OVERLOAD
red
Working
Equipment temperature
H6 KK-Übertemperatur
TEMP. FAULT
H7 Überstrom
OVERCURRENT
H8 Erdschluß
EARTH CON.
Deceleration capabilities within
permissible range
Working
red
Current within power section
within permissible range
Working
No ground leak
red
Cont. light
Mains auxiliary voltage
Working
Controller voltage
Working
Mains
Working
Power voltage
Working
Power off due to excessive
braking energy or fault
in supply module (1)
Power off as equipment
temperature to high (1)
Power off due to overcurrent, short
circuit in supply module, in drive
module, in cable or in motor (1)
Power off due ground leak in
supply or drive module,
cable or motor (1)
Working
DiagKDV4
Figure 93: Diagnostics Displays on Supply Module KDV4
152
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
9. Summary of Diagnostic Displays on Modules
Diagnostics Display on Supply Module TVD 1
Note: The messages are only valid if the "+24V, plus/minus15V" message is constantly lit up.
(1) Message and equipment locked are stored.
Re-set by pressing re-set key or switching back on.
Off
Light-emitting
diodes
H1B +24V/±15V
green
H2B Bb1
green
Flashing
Power voltage
Signal voltage
disrupted
CLOSED
geschl.
H3B MAINS
green Netzspg.
OK
H4B POWER
green Leistung
OK
Cont. light
Working
Supply module
and drives
are fault-free
Malfunction in supply
module or in drive (1)
No mains connection,
Phase missing
or mains voltage
to low
Mains connection
Working
Mains contactor
not switched on
or disrupted,
or rectifier disrupted.
Link circuit voltage
Working
H1A OVERCURRENT
red Überstrom
Current in power section
within permissible
range
Power on with existing
short circuit in TVD,
in drive module,
in cable
or in motor [5]
Power off due to
overcurrent short circuit
in TVD, drive module,
cable or motor (1)
H2A
OVERL.
red BLEEDER Überl.
Deceleration capabilities
within permissible range.
Deceleration capabilities
of the drives may not be
increased
Power off due to
excessive deceleration
energy (1)
H3A TEMP. FAULT
red KK-Übertemp.
Equipment temperature
within permissible range.
Equipment temperature
too high; power off
within 30 seconds
Power off due to
excessive equipment
temperature (1)
H4A OVERVOLTFUSE
red Übersp.sich.
Voltage in power section
has not exceeded its
maximum value
Overvoltage
fuse blown
DiagTVD1
Figure 94: Diagnostics Display on Supply Module TVD 1
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
153
10. Summary of Data
10. Summary of Data
10.1. Important Motor Data
MOTOR
MAC
Rated
speed
Tacho
constants
Torque
constants
Continuous
torque
not
ventilated
ventilated
(1)
nmax
-1
min
Cw
-1
V/1000min
Continuous
current
Motor
moment
not
ventilated
ventilated
ot inertia
(2)
(3)
(3)
Km
M(dN)
M(dN)
I(dN)
I(dN)
Nm/A
Nm
Nm
A
A
0.00
0.00
0.79
1.60
0.00
0.00
J
2
021A-0-YS
021B-0-WS
10000
10000
0.75
0.75
0.190
0.190
0.15
0.3
025A-0-WS
025B-0-ZS
025C-0-QS
10000
10000
10000
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.220
0.220
0.230
0.33(0.27)
0.60(0.51)
0.90(0.75)
1.54(1.26)
2.80(2.38)
4.00(3.40)
0.23
0.32
0.41
041A-0-FS
041B-0-BS
041C-0-TS
041A-0-IS
041B-0-QS
041C-0-LS
6000
6000
6000
10000
10000
10000
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.330
0.310
0.330
0.200
0.190
0.200
0.64(0.59)
1.35(1.26)
2.05(1.93)
0.64(0.59)
1.35(1.26)
2.05(1.93)
2.00(1.80)
4.40(4.10)
6.30(5.90)
3.30(3.00)
7.30(6.80)
10.50(9.90)
0.70
1.30
1.90
0.70
1.30
1.90
063A-.-RS
063B-.-JS
063C-.-HS
063D-.-FS
063A-.-ES
063B-.-GS
063C-.-MS
063D-.-JS
6000
6000
6000
6000
3500
3500
3500
3500
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
0.230
0.260
0.310
0.320
0.370
0.420
0.510
0.530
0.80
1.50
2.10
2.70
0.80
1.50
2.10
2.70
1.00
1.70
2.70
3.50
1.00
1.70
2.70
3.50
3.50
5.80
6.80
8.40
2.20
3.60
4.10
5.10
4.40
6.60
8.70
11.00
2.70
4.00
5.30
6.60
2.40
3.20
4.00
4.80
2.40
3.20
4.00
4.80
071A-.-HS
071B-.-FS
071C-.-US
071A-.-OS
071B-.-TS
071C-.-NS
071A-.-ES
071B-.-PS
071C-.-JS
071A-.-VS
071B-.-KS
071C-.-GS
2000
2000
2000
3000
3000
3000
4000
4000
4000
6000
6000
6000
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
0.860
0.880
0.900
0.580
0.600
0.600
0.440
0.460
0.430
0.300
0.310
0.300
2.20
4.40
6.60
2.20
4.40
6.60
2.20
4.40
6.60
2.20
4.40
6.60
3.30
6.60
9.90
3.30
6.60
9.90
3.30
6.60
9.90
3.30
6.60
9.90
2.60
5.00
7.30
3.80
7.30
11.0
5.00
9.60
15.3
7.30
14.20
22.00
4.10
7.90
11.8
6.00
11.7
17.7
7.90
15.3
24.8
11.70
22.30
35.40
5.40
9.90
12.90
5.40
9.90
12.90
5.40
9.90
12.90
5.40
9.90
12.90
090A-.-ZD
090B-.-PD
090C-.-KD
090A-.-RD
090B-.-ND
090B-.-JD
090C-.-GD
090C-.-ED
2000
2000
2000
3000
3000
3000
3000
5000
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.5
0.510
0.670
0.680
0.340
0.580
0.410
0.430
0.310
3.70
7.20
10.40
3.50
6.70
6.70
9.60
10.00
5.00
10.50
16.00
5.00
10.50
10.50
16.00
16.00
8.10
11.90
17.00
11.40
13.00
18.20
24.80
35.00
10.90
17.40
26.10
16.30
20.00
28.50
41.30
52.00
20.00
36.00
53.00
20.00
36.00
36.00
53.00
53.00
154
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
-4
kgm x10
0.22
0.31
10. Summary of Data
MOTOR
MAC
Rated
speed
Tacho
constants
Torque
constants
Continuous
torque
not
ventilated
ventilated
(1)
nmax
-1
min
Continuous
current
Motor
moment
not
ventilated
ventilated
of inertia
(2)
Cw
V/1000min
-1
Km
M(dN)
M(dN)
I(dN)
I(dN)
Nm/A
Nm
Nm
A
A
J
2
-4
kgm x10
092A-0-DD
092B-0-QD
4000
4000
1.5
1.5
0.240
0.280
1.50
3.00
0.00
0.00
6.90
11.90
0.00
0.00
8.70
16.00
093A-.-WS
093B-.-OS
093C-.-KS
093A-.-PS
093B-.-JS
093C-.-FS
093A-.-LS
093B-.-GS
093C-.-DS
093A-.-HS
093B-.-ES
093C-.-CS
2000
2000
2000
3000
3000
3000
4000
4000
4000
6000
6000
6000
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.875
0.831
0.910
0.620
0.554
0.579
0.438
0.388
0.413
0.292
0.277
0.331
9.20
14.50
19.50
9.20
14.50
19.50
9.20
14.50
19.50
9.20
14.50
19.50
12.00
20.00
28.00
12.00
18.30
28.00
12.00
20.00
28.00
9.80
20.00
28.00
11.00
18.00
22.00
15.00
27.00
35.00
22.00
38.00
48.00
32.00
54.00
60.00
14.00
25.00
32.00
20.00
34.00
50.00
28.00
53.00
69.00
34.00
74.00
87.00
22.00
29.00
42.00
22.00
29.00
42.00
22.00
29.00
42.00
22.00
29.00
42.00
095A-0-VS
095B-0-AS
095C-0-RS
3000
3000
3000
3.0
3.0
3.0
0.550
0.500
0.504
2.40
4.50
6.70
0.00
0.00
0.00
4.50
9.20
13.60
0.00
0.00
0.00
8.70
13.60
17.00
112A-.-ZD
112B-.-PD
112C-.-KD
112D-.-HD
112A-.-VD
112B-.-LD
112C-.-HD
112D-.-FD
112A-.-LD
112B-.-GD
112C-.-ED
112D-.-ED
112C-0-CD
1500
1500
1500
1500
2000
2000
2000
2000
3000
3000
3000
3000
5000
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.5
0.820
0.910
1.000
1.010
0.630
0.740
0.730
0.760
0.350
0.430
0.470
0.620
0.330
10.70
18.20
28.00
38.00
10.50
17.50
27.00
38.00
9.80
16.00
24.00
35.00
27.00
13.00
29.00
44.00
57.00
13.00
29.00
44.00
57.00
13.00
29.00
44.00
57.00
0.00
14.50
21.00
31.00
42.00
18.50
26.30
41.00
56.00
31.00
41.00
57.00
63.00
91.00
17.20
33.00
49.00
63.00
22.90
43.50
67.00
83.00
41.30
75.00
104.00
102.00
0.00
61.00
120.00
170.00
230.00
61.00
120.00
170.00
230.00
61.00
120.00
170.00
230.00
17.00
114A-0-ED
114B-0-SD
114C-0-MD
114E-0-ND
3000
3000
3000
3000
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
0.400
0.550
0.580
0.550
4.20
9.00
13.00
24.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
11.70
18.20
24.90
48.50
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
35.00
61.00
87.00
120.00
115A-.-HS
115B-.-GS
115C-.-ES
115D-.-DS
115A-.-FS
115B-0-DS
115C-0-CS
115D-0-CS
2000
2000
2000
2000
3000
3000
3000
3000
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
0.882
0.952
0.880
0.864
0.588
0.544
0.528
0.648
28.00
38.00
47.00
57.00
28.00
38.00
47.00
57.00
42.00
61.00
75.00
88.00
42.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
32.50
40.90
55.00
68.00
48.80
72.00
91.00
90.00
48.80
66.00
87.00
104.00
73.20
0.00
0.00
0.00
123.00
172.00
222.00
271.00
123.00
172.00
222.00
271.00
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
155
10. Summary of Data
MOTOR
MAC
Rated
speed
Tacho
constants
Torque
constants
Continuous
torque
Continuous
current
not
ventilated
ventilated
(1)
nmax
-1
min
Motor
moment
not
ventilated
ventilated
of inertia
(2)
Cw
-1
V/1000min
Km
M(dN)
M(dN)
I(dN)
I(dN)
Nm/A
Nm
Nm
A
A
J
2
-4
kgm x10
117A-0-PS
117A-0-BS
117A-0-TS
117B-0-WS
117B-0-OS
117B-0-KS
117C-0-QS
117C-0-KS
117C-0-HS
117D-0-MS
117D-0-HS
117D-0-FS
117E-0-JS
117E-0-GS
117E-0-ES
117C-0-ES
2000
3000
4000
2000
3000
4000
2000
3000
4000
2000
3000
4000
2000
3000
4000
6000
3.0
3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
0.775
0.517
0.351
0.849
0.554
0.406
0.886
0.609
0.443
0.887
0.591
0.443
0.922
0.646
0.461
0.277
6.50
6.50
6.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
18.00
18.00
18.00
23.00
23.00
23.00
28.00
28.00
28.00
18.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
8.60
12.90
19.00
15.10
23.10
31.60
21.00
30.00
41.70
27.00
40.00
53.20
31.10
44.40
62.20
67.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
54.00
54.00
54.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
102.00
102.00
102.00
126.00
126.00
126.00
78.00
132B-1-ID
1000
3.0
1.293
58.00
82.00
45.00
63.60
140.00
160C-0-ED
160D-0-ED
160E-0-ED
2000
1500
1200
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.010
1.360
1.750
64.00
84.00
104.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
70.00
69.00
66.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
850.00
1150.0
1450.0
(1)
The motor speed which can be implemented is dependent upon the servo drive and supply modules used.
(2)
(2) For the precise calculation of the torque, the torque constant for motors
MAC 071, MAC 095, MAC 095, MAC 115 and MAC 117 should be multiplied by the reduction factor RF,
in accorrdance with the figure below.
(3)
The values indicated in parentheses apply to motors with integrated brakes.
RF
1,0
(1/1)
0,9
0,8
(4/0,72)
0,7
1
2
3
4
I/I(dN)Current ratio
Figure 95: Summary of important data for MAC motors (additional motor data can be
found in the description „Application Data MAC XXX“).
156
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
0.250
0.150
0.075
0.075
0.250
0.375
0.250
0.375
0.250
0.500
0.250
0.500
0.250
0.250
0.150
0.075
0.050
TDM 1.2-030-300/ SO 100
TDM 1.2-050-300/ SO 100
TDM 1.2-100-300/ SO 100
TDM 2.1-015-300
TDM 2.1-030-300
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
TDM 3.2-020-300
TDM 3.2-030-300
TDM 4.1-020-300
TDM 4.1-030-300
TDM 6.1-015-300
TDM 6.1-030-300
TDM 7.1-015-300
TDM 7.1-030-300
KDS 1.1-030-300
KDS 1.1-050-300
KDS 1.1-100-300
KDS 1.1-150-300
-
0.500
0.250
0.500
0.250
0.375
0.250
0.375
0.250
-
-
-
-
V/ A
V/ A
0.050
0.050
0.050
Iist
kMA
1.3
2
4
6
1
1.3
1
1.3
1
1.3
1
1.3
1.5
3
3
5
10
15
15
15
A
Imin
Current set-point Current actual value Minumum
Terminal MA
Terminal lactual, adjustable
current Ired
TDM 1.2-030-300
TDM 1.2-050-300
TDM 1.2-100-300
Servo drive
module for
unit type
MOD 3
„
„
„
MOD 21
"
MOD 19
"
MOD 17
„
MOD 13
„
MOD 5
„
„
„
„
MOD 1
„
„
MOD 4
„
„
„
MOD 22
"
MOD 20
"
MOD 18
„
MOD 14
„
MOD 6
„
„
„
„
MOD 2
„
„
Corresponding
Programming Module MOD
Without setpoint With set-point
potentiometer
potentiometer
compensation
compensation
10. Summary of Data
10.2. Important Data
on the Servo Drive Module
Figure 96: Summary of important data on the servo drive module (additional data
outlined in the data sheets in Chapter 12).
157
11. Equipment fuses for individual modular units
11. Equipment fuses
for individual modular units
The fuse types are listed on the front plates with the exception of the fan
fuses which are listed on the fan plate located on the under side of the
modular units.
(1) Microfuse size 5 X 20 mm
Module type
Symbol Fuse type
Designation
Suply module:
TVM...-220/380
F1
Power section fuse
F2
F3
F4
F5
TVM...-115/220
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
KDV 1...-220
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
KDV1...-115
F1
Siemens Neozed
25A/380V
M10A/250E
M6.3A/250E
M6.3A/250E
0.315A/250E
Siemens Neozed
25A/380V
M10A/250E
M10A/250E
M10A/250E
0.630A/250E
Siemens Neozed
100A/380V
M10A/250E
M6.3A/250E
M6.3A/250E
0.630A/250E
24V controller voltage supply
Module’s inherent supply
„
Internal fan 220 V (only in TVM ...-W1-...)
Power section fuse
24V controller voltage supply
Module’s inherent supply
„
Internal fan 115 V (only in TVM ...-W1-...)
Power section fuse
24V controller voltage supply
Module’s inherent supply
„
Internal fan 220 V (only in KDV...-W1-...)
F2
F3
F4
F5
Siemens Neozed
25A/380V
M10A/250E
M10A/250E
M10A/250E
1.25A/250E
Power section fuse
24V controller voltage supply
Module’s inherent supply
„
Internal fan 115 V (only in KDV...-W1-...)
TBM.../220
F5
0.315A/250E
Internal fan 220 V
TBM.../115
F5
0.630A/250E
Internal fan 115 V
KDV 2, KDV 3,
F2
F3
F4
F7
F8
M2A/250E
T10A/250E
T10A/250E
T10A/250E
T10A/250E
24V controller voltage supply
Module’s inherent supply
„
Internal fan 220 V
„
TVD
none
External fan for cold-running technology:
LE...-220
F6
0.630A/250E
Externally mounted fan
LE...-115
F6
1.25A/250E
Externally mounted fan
Servo drive module:
TDM...-W1-220
F5
0.315A/250E
Internal fan 220 V (only in TDM...-W1-...)
TDM...-W1-115
F5
0.630A/250E
Internal fan 115 V (only in TDM...-W1-...)
KDS...-W1-220
F5
0.630A/250E
Internal fan 220 V (only in KDS...-W1-...)
KDS...-W1-115
F5
1.25A/250E
Internal fan 115 V (only in KDS...-W1-...)
External fan for cold-running technology:
LE...-220
F6
0.630A/250E
Externally mounted fan
LE...-115
Externally mounted fan
F6
1.25A/250E
Figure 97: Fuses for individual modular units
158
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
12. Technical Data of the Servo Drive Modules
12. Technical Data
of the Servo Drive
Modules
Cooling
natural
convection
TDM1.2-100-300-W1
Symbol Unit
TDM1.2-050-300-W1
Designation
TDM1.2-030-300-W1
Values in [ ] apply to new modules with serial numbers starting from SN
234 ...
TDM1.2-030-300-W0
Technical Data TDM1
forced
ventilation
Current
I(type)
(A)
30
30
50
100
Peak current
I(peak)
(A)
30
30
50
100
Continuous current
I(cont)
(A)
25
30
45
65
Link circuit d.c. voltage
U(DC)
(V)
Power
P(cont)
Power loss with I(cont)
Weight
300 (± 15%)
(kW)
9
9
15
30
P(v)
(W)
160
190
250
400
m
(kg)
9
10
10
10,5
750 [250]
750 [350]
Current consumption of signal
processing (without external load)
+ 24V Load voltage
I(+UL)
(mA)
+ 15V Measuring voltage
I(+UM)
(mA)
140
- 15V Measuring voltage
I(-UM)
(mA)
60
+ 15V Measuring voltage
I(+UM)
(mA)
15
- 15V Measuring voltage
I(-UM)
(mA)
15
950 [350] 1450 [400]
Current capacitance of the voltages at
terminal X5 for external consumption
Unit fan connection
Supply voltage
U
(V)
220 or 115
Frequency
f
(Hz)
50 … 60 Hz
Power consumption
P
(VA)
without
30
Operating conditions
permissible ambient temperature
range with rated data
(°Centigrade)
+5 … +45
maximum permissible ambient
temperature with reduced rated data
(°Centigrade)
55
Storage and transport temperatures
(°Centigrade)
-30 … +85
Mounting altitude without reduction
of rated data
Permissible humidity acc. to humidity
classification
Insulation category
Type of protection
max. 1000m above NN
F in acc. with DIN 40 040
C in acc. with DIN VDE 0110
IP 10 acc. to DIN 40 050
Figure 98: Technical Data of Servo Drive Module TDM1
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
159
12. Technical Data of the Servo Drive Modules
Symbol Unit
Type of cooling
TDM2.1-030-300-W1
Designation
TDM2.1-030-300-W0
Values in [ ] apply to new modules with serial numbers starting from SN 234
…
TDM2.1-015-300-W0
Technical Data TDM 2
natural
convection
forced
ventilation
Current
I(type)
(A)
15
30
30
Peak current
I(peak)
(A)
15
30
30
Continuous current
I(cont)
(A)
15
25
30
Link circuit d.c. voltage
U(DC)
(V)
Power
P(cont)
Power loss with I(cont)
Weight
300 (± 15%)
(kW)
4,5
9
9
P(v)
(W)
110
160
190
m
(kg)
9
10
Current consumption of signal
processing (without external load)
+ 24V Load voltage
I(+UL)
(mA)
750 [350]
+ 15V Measuring voltage
I(+UM)
(mA)
140
- 15V Measuring voltage
I(-UM)
(mA)
60
+ 15V Measuring voltage
I(+UM)
(mA)
15
- 15V Measuring voltage
I(-UM)
(mA)
15
Current capacitance of the voltages at
terminal X5 for external consumption
Fan connection
Supply voltage
U
(V)
220 or 115
Frequency
f
(Hz)
50 - 60 Hz
Power consumption
P
(VA)
without
30
Operating conditions
permissible ambient temperature
range with rated data
(°Celsius)
+5 ... +45
maximum permissible ambient
temperature with reduced rated data
(°Celsius)
55
Storage and transport temperatures
(°Celsius)
-30 ... +85
Mounting altitude without reduction
of rated data
Permissible humidity acc. to humidity
classification
max. 1000m above NN
F in acc. with DIN 40 040
Insulation category
C in acc. with DIN VDE 0110
Type of protection
IP 10 acc. to DIN 40 050
Figure 99: Technical Data of Servo Drive Module TDM2
160
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
12. Technical Data of the Servo Drive Modules
Technical Data TDM 3
Designation
Symbol Unit
TDM3.2-030-300-W11)
TDM3.2-020-300-W0
Type of cooling
natural convection
forced ventilation
Power section
Current
I(type)
(A)
20
30
Peak current
I(peak)
(A)
20
30
Continuous current
I(cont)
(A)
15
25
Link circuit d.c. voltage
U(DC)
(V)
Power
P(cont)
Power loss with I(cont)
Weight
300 (± 15%)
300 (± 15%)
(kW)
6
9
P(v)
(W)
110
175
m
(kg)
8
8
(mA)
400
8002)
Current consumption of signal processing
(without external load)
+ 24V Load voltage
I(+UL)
+ 15V Measuring voltage
I(+UM)
(mA)
120
125
- 15V Measuring voltage
I(-UM)
(mA)
50
55
+ 24V Load voltage
I(+UL)
(mA)
50
+ 15V Measuring voltage
I(+UM)
(mA)
15
- 15V Measuring voltage
I(-UM)
(mA)
15
Current capacitance of the voltages at
terminal X43 for external consumption
Operating conditions
permissible ambient temperature
range with rated data
(°Celsius)
+5 ... +45
maximum permissible ambient temperature
with reduced rated data
(°Celsius)
55
Storage and transport temperatures
(°Celsius)
-30 ... +85
Mounting altitude without reduction
of rated data
max. 1000m above NN
Permissible humidity acc. to humidity classification
F in acc. with DIN 40 040
Insulation category
C in acc. with DIN VDE 0110
Type of protection
IP 10 acc. to DIN 40 050
1) Servo drive module TDM 3.2-030-300-W1 can only be operated with one fan unit.
2) Current consumption equals 800 mA when the 24V direct current fan unit LE5-024 is connected to the +24V of the servo drive
module.
Current consumption is reduced to 650 mA, if fan units LE5-220 or LE5-115 are used.
Technical Data: fan unit for forced ventilation in TDM 3.2-030-300-W1
Obsolete modules
Designation
Symbol
Supply voltage
U
Frequency
f
Power consumption
P
Weight
m
Unit
LE5-024-..
LE5-220-..
LE-115-..
(V)
DC24(-10%/+20%)
AC220(±10%)
AC115(±10%)
(Hz)
-
50 ... 60
50 ... 60
3,6 W
20 VA
20VA
1
1,17
1,17
(kg)
Figure 100: Technical Data of Servo Drive Module TDM 3
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
161
12. Technical Data of the Servo Drive Modules
Technical Data TDM 4
Designation
Symbol Unit
TDM4.1-030-300-W11)
TDM4.1-020-300-W0
Type of cooling
natural convection
forced ventilation
Power section
Current
I(type)
(A)
20
30
Peak current
I(peak)
(A)
20
30
Continuous current
I(cont)
(A)
15
25
Link circuit d.c. voltage
U(DC)
(V)
Type power
P(cont)
Power loss with I(cont)
Weight
300 (± 15%)
300 (± 15%)
(kW)
6
9
P(v)
(W)
110
175
m
(kg)
8
8
(mA)
400
8002)
Current consumption of signal processing
(without external load)
+ 24V Load voltage
I(+UL)
+ 15V Measuring voltage
I(+UM)
(mA)
150
150
- 15V Measuring voltage
I(-UM)
(mA)
60
60
+ 24V Load voltage
I(+UL)
(mA)
50
+ 15V Measuring voltage
I(+UM)
(mA)
15
- 15V Measuring voltage
I(-UM)
(mA)
15
Current capacitance of the voltages at
terminal X43 for external consumption
Operating conditions
permissible ambient temperature range
with rated data
(°Celsius)
+5 ... +45
maximum permissible ambient temperature
with reduced rated data
(°Celsius)
55
Storage and transport temperatures
(°Celsius)
-30 ... +85
Mounting altitude without reduction
of rated data
max. 1000m above NN
Permissible humidity acc. to humidity classification
F in acc. with DIN 40 040
Insulation category
C in acc. with DIN VDE 0110
Type of protection
IP 10 acc. to DIN 40 050
1) Servo drive module TDM 4.1-030-300-W1 can only be operated with a fan unit.
2) Current consumption is 800 mA when the 24V direct current fan unit LE5-024 is connected to the +24V of the servo drive module.
Current consumption is reduced to 650 mA, if fan units LE5-220 or LE5-115 are used.
Technical data: fan unit for forced ventilation in TDM 4.1-030-300-W1
Obsolete modules
Designation
Symbol
Unit
LE5-024-..
LE5-220-..
LE-115-..
Supply voltage
U
(V)
DC24(-10%/+20%)
AC220(±10%)
AC115(±10%)
Frequency
f
(Hz)
-
50 ... 60
50 ... 60
3,6 W
20 VA
20VA
1
1,17
1,17
Power consumption
P
Weight
m
(kg)
Figure 101: Technical Data of Servo Drive Module TDM 4
162
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
12. Technical Data of the Servo Drive Modules
Technical Data TDM 6
Designation
Symbol Unit
TDM6.1-030-300-W11)
TDM6.1-015-300-W0
Type of cooling
natural convection
forced ventilation
Power section
Current
I(type)
(A)
15
30
Peak current
I(peak)
(A)
15
30
Continuous current
I(cont)
(A)
8
12
(V)
300 (± 10%)
300 (± 10%)
4,5
9
Link circuit d.c. voltage
U(DC)
Power
P(cont)
Power loss with I(cont)
P(v)
(W)
90
135
Weight
m
(kg)
6,5
6,5
(kW)
Current consumption of signal processing
(without external load)
+ 24V Load voltage
I(+UL)
(mA)
250
250
+ 15V Measuring voltage
I(+UM)
(mA)
150
150
- 15V Measuring voltage
I(-UM)
(mA)
75
75
I(+UL)
(mA)
Current capacitance of the voltages
at terminal X43 for external consumption
+ 24V Load voltage
50
+ 15V Measuring voltage
I(+UM)
(mA)
15
- 15V Measuring voltage
I(-UM)
(mA)
15
Operating conditions
Permissible ambient temperature range
with rated data
(°Celsius)
+5 ... +45
Maximum permissible ambient temperature
with reduced rated data
(°Celsius)
55
Storage and transport temperatures
(°Celsius)
-30 ... +85
Mounting height without reduction of
rated data
max. 1000m above NN
Permissible humidity acc. to humidity classification
F in acc. with DIN 40 040
Insulation category
C in acc. with DIN VDE 0110
Type of protection
IP 10 acc. to DIN 40 050
1) Servo drive module TDM 6.1-030-300-W1 can only be operated with one fan unit.
2) Current consumption is 800 mA when the 24V direct current fan unit LE5-024 is connected to the +24V of the servo drive module.
Current consumption is reduced to 650 mA, if fan units LE5-220 or LE5-115 are used.
Technical data: fan unit for forced ventilation in TDM 6.1-030-300-W1
Obsolete modules
Designation
Symbol
Unit
Supply voltage
U
(V)
Frequency
f
(Hz)
Power consumption
P
Weight
m
(kg)
LE5-024-..
LE5-220-..
LE-115-..
DC24(-10%/+20%)
AC220(±10%)
AC115(±10%)
-
50 ... 60
50 ... 60
3,6 W
20 VA
20VA
1
1,17
1,17
Figure 102: Technical Data of Servo Drive Module TDM 6
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
163
12. Technical Data of the Servo Drive Modules
Technical Data TDM 7
Designation
Symbol Unit
TDM7.1-030-300-W11)
TDM7.1-015-300-W0
Type of cooling
natural convection
forced ventilation
Power section
Current
I(type)
(A)
15
30
Peak current
I(peak)
(A)
15
30
Continuous current
I(cont)
(A)
8
12
Intermediate circuit d.c. voltage
U(DC)
(V)
300 (± 10%)
300 (± 10%)
Type power
P(cont)
4,5
9
Power loss with I(cont)
P(v)
(W)
90
135
Weight
m
(kg)
6,5
6,5
(kW)
Current consumption of signal processing
(without external load)
+ 24V Load voltage
I(+UL)
(mA)
250
250
+ 15V Measuring voltage
I(+UM)
(mA)
150
150
- 15V Measuring voltage
I(-UM)
(mA)
75
75
I(+UL)
(mA)
Current capacitance of the voltages
at terminal X43 for external consumption
+ 24V Load voltage
50
+ 15V Measuring voltage
I(+UM)
(mA)
15
- 15V Measuring voltage
I(-UM)
(mA)
15
Operating conditions
Permissible ambient temperature
range with rated data
(°Celsius)
+5 ... +45
Maximum permissible ambient temperature
with reduced rated data
(°Celsius)
55
Storage and transport temperatures
(°Celsius)
-30 ... +85
Mounting height without reduction
of rated data
max. 1000m above NN
Permissible humidity acc. to humidity classification
F in acc. with DIN 40 040
Insulation category
C in acc. with DIN VDE 0110
Type of protection
IP 10 acc. to DIN 40 050
1) Servo drive module TDM 7.1-030-300-W1 can only be operated with a fan unit.
2) Current consumption is 800 mA when the 24V direct current fan unit LE5-024 is connected to the +24V of the servo drive module.
Current consumption is reduced to 650 mA, if fan units LE5-220 or LE5-115 are used.
Technical data: fan unit for forced ventilation in TDM 7.1-030-300-W1
Obsolete modules
Designation
Symbol
Unit
LE5-024-..
LE5-220-..
LE-115-..
Supply voltage
U
(V)
DC24(-10%/+20%)
AC220(±10%)
AC115(±10%)
Frequency
f
(Hz)
-
50 ... 60
50 ... 60
3,6 W
20 VA
20VA
1
1,17
1,17
Power consumption
P
Weight
m
(kg)
Figure 103: Technical Data of Servo Drive Module TDM7
164
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
12. Technical Data of the Servo Drive Modules
Type of cooling
Natural
convection
KDS1.1-150-300-W1
KDS1.1-100-300-W1
KDS1.1-50-300-W1
KDS1.1-100-300-W0
Symbol Unit
KDS1.1-050-300-W0
Designation
KDS1.1-030-300-W0
Technical Data KDS 1
Forced
ventilation
Current
I(type)
(A)
30
50
100
50
100
150
Peak current
I(peak)
(A)
30
50
100
50
100
150
Continuous current
I(cont)
(A)
25
35
45
50
93
96
Link circuit d.c. voltage
U(DC)
(V)
Power
P(cont)
(kW)
9
15
30
15
30
45
Power loss with internal
with I(cont)
P(v-int)
(W)
60
70
90
85
150
160
Power loss external
P(v-ext)
(W)
130
150
200
220
400
430
Weight of drive module
m
(kg)
14,1
14,1
15,2
14,4
15,2
15,4
Weight of mechanical assembly set M1-KD m
(kg)
Weight of fan unit
(kg)
m
300 (± 15%)
1,7
without LE4
4,2
Current consumption of signal
processing (without external load)
+ 24V Load voltage
I(+UL)
(mA)
750
950
1450
950
+ 15V Measuring voltage
I(+UM)
(mA)
140
- 15V Measuring voltage
I(-UM)
(mA)
50
+ 24V Load voltage
I(+UL)
(mA)
50
+ 15V Measuring voltage
I(+UM)
(mA)
15
- 15V Measuring voltage
I(-UM)
(mA)
15
1450
1950
Current capacitance of the voltages at
terminal X25 for external consumption
Operating conditions
Permissible ambient temperature
range with rated data
(°Celsius)
+5 ... +45
Maximum permissible ambient
temperature with reduced rated data
(°Celsius)
55
Storage and transport temperatures
(°Celsius)
-30 ... +85
Mounting altitude without reduction
of rated data
max. 1000m above NN
Permissible humidity according
to humidity classification
F in acc. with DIN 40 040
Insulation category
C in acc. with DIN VDE 0110
Type of protection
IP 10 acc. to DIN 40 050
Figure 104: Technical Data of Servo Drive Module KDS1
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
165
12. Technical Data of the Servo Drive Modules
Technical Data TVM 1
Designation
Symbol Unit
TVM1. not ventilated
TVM1. ventilated
Current
I(type)
(A)
50
Peak current (300ms)
I(peak)
(A)
150
Nominal input voltage
U(ACN)
(V)
220 (± 15%)
Link circuit d.c. voltage
U(DC)
(V)
300 (± 15%)
Power
P(typ)
(kW)
15
15
Maximum power loss
P(v)
(W)
400
550
Bleeder peak power
P(peak)
(kW)
10
10
Bleeder continuous power
P(cont)
(W)
300
450
Maximum feedback energy
W
(kWs)
14
14
Weight
m
(kg)
14,3
15
Controller voltage output
+ 24V Load voltage
U(L)
(V)
24 ... 30
+ 24VL Continuous current
I(UL)
(A)
4
(%)
10
+ 24VL Standing wave ratio
± 15V Measuring voltage
U(M)
(V)
14,9 ... 15,1
+ 15VM Continuous current
I(+UM)
(A)
0,85
- 15VM Continuous current
I(-UM)
(A)
0,85
(%)
2
(V)
220/380 or 115/220
(Hz)
50 ... 60
(%)
+15 ... -10
± 15VM Standing wave ratio
Auxiliary voltage
Input alternating-current voltage
U(AC)
Frequency
f
Voltage tolerance
Supply for unit ventilation
Supply voltage
U
(V)
dropped
220 oder 115
Frequency
f
(Hz)
dropped
50 ... 60
Power consumption
P
(W)
dropped
30
Conditions of Operation
Permissible ambient temperature
range with rated data
(°Celsius)
+5 ... +45
Max. perm. ambient temperature
with reduced rated data
(°Celsius)
55
Storage and transport temperatures
(°Celsius)
-30 ... +85
Assembly altitude without reduction
of rated data
max. 1000m above NN
Perm. humidity acc. to humidity classification
F in acc. with DIN 40040
Insulation category
C in acc. with DIN 570110
Type of protection
IP 10 acc. to DIN 40050
Figure 105: Technical data of supply module TVM1
166
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
12. Technical Data of the Servo Drive Modules
Technical Data TVM 2
Designation
Symbol Unit
TVM 2.1-...
TVM 2.2-....
Current
I(type)
(A)
50
Peak current (300ms)
I(peak)
(A)
150
Nominal input voltage
U(ACN)
(V)
220 (± 15%)
Link circuit direct current voltage
U(DC)
(V)
300 (± 15%)
Type power
P(typ)
(kW)
15
Maximum power loss
P(v)
(W)
580
Bleeder peak power
P(peak)
(kW)
10
Bleeder continuous power
P(cont)
(W)
450
Maximum feedback energy
W
(kWs)
14
Weight
m
(kg)
15
Controller voltage output
+ 24V Load voltage
U(L)
(V)
24 ... 30
+ 24VL Continuous current
I(UL)
(A)
8
(%)
10
14,9 ... 15,1
+ 24VL Standing wave ratio
± 15V Measuring voltage
U(M)
(V)
+ 15VM Continuous current
I(+UM)
(A)
- 15VM Continuous current
I(-UM)
(A)
1,0
(%)
2
(V)
220/380 or 115/220
(Hz)
50 ... 60
(%)
+15 ... -10
± 15VM Standing wave ratio
0,9
1,3
Supply for controller voltage
Input alternating-current voltage
U(AC)
Frequency
f
Voltage tolerance
Supply for unit ventilation
Supply voltage
U
(V)
220 or 115
Frequency
f
(Hz)
50 ... 60
Power consumption
P
(W)
30
Conditions of Operation
Permissible ambient temperature
range with rated data
(°Celsius)
+5 ... +45
Max. perm. ambient temperature
with reduced rated data
(°Celsius)
55
Storage and transport temperatures
(°Celsius)
-30 ... +85
Assembly altitude without reduction
of rated data
max. 1000m above NN
Perm. humidity acc. to humidity classification
F in acc. with DIN 40040
Insulation category
C in acc. with DIN 570110
Type of protection
IP 10 acc. to DIN 40050
Figure 106: Technical data of supply module TVM2
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
167
12. Technical Data of the Servo Drive Modules
Technical Data KDV 1.3
Designation
Symbol Unit
KDV 1.3-100-220/300-...
Current
I(type)
(A)
100
Peak current (300ms)
I(peak)
(A)
300
Nominal input voltage
U(ACN)
(V)
220 (± 10%)
Link circuit d.c. voltage
U(DC)
(V)
300 (± 10%)
Type power
P(typ)
(kW)
max. 30
Power loss inside
of control cabinet
P(v)
(W)
150
Power loss outside
of control cabinet
P(v)
(W)
max. 2000
Bleeder peak power
P(peak)
(kW)
40
Bleeder continuous power
P(cont)
(kW)
2
Maximum feedback energy
W
(kWs)
60
KDV Weight
m
(kg)
21
Weight of mechanical mounting accessories
m
(kg)
1,7
Weight of bleeder protective shell
m
(kg)
1,7
Weight of fan unit LE3
m
(kg)
2,5
Controller voltage output
+ 24V Load voltage
U(L)
(V)
22 ... 30
+ 24VL Continuous current
I(UL)
(A)
8
(%)
10
+ 24VL Standing wave ratio
± 15V Measuring voltage
U(M)
(V)
14,9 - 15,1
+ 15VM Continuous current
I(+UM)
(A)
1,5
- 15VM Continuous current
I(-UM)
(A)
1,5
(%)
0,1
(V)
220/380 or 220/115 (+15 ... -10)%
± 15VM Standing wave ratio
Supply for controller voltage
Input voltage
U(AC)
Frequency
f
(Hz)
50 ... 60
Power consumption auxiliary voltage
P
(VA)
500
Supply for unit ventilation
Supply voltage
U(AC)
(V)
220 or 115 (+15 ... -10)%
Frequency
f
(Hz)
50 ... 60
Power consumption
P
(VA)
15
Conditions of Operation
Permissible ambient temperature
range with rated data
(°Celsius)
+5 ... +45
Max. perm. ambient temperature
with reduced rated data
(°Celsius)
55
Storage and transport temperatures
(°Celsius)
-30 ... +85
Assembly height without reduction
of rated data
Perm. humidity acc. to humidity classification
Insulation category
max. 1000m above NN
F in acc. with DIN 40040
C in acc. with DIN 570110
Figure 107: Technical data of supply module KDV1
168
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
12. Technical Data of the Servo Drive Modules
Technical Data KDV 2.2
Designation
Symbol Unit
KDV 2.2-100-220/300-220
Current
I(type)
(A)
100
Peak current (300ms)
I(peak)
(A)
300
Nominal input voltage
U(ACN)
(V)
220 (± 10%)
Link circuit d.c. voltage
U(DC)
(V)
300 (± 10%)
Type power
P(typ)
(kW)
max. 30
Power loss inside of
control cabinet
P(v)
(W)
150
Power loss outside of
control cabinet
P(v)
(W)
max. 2000
Bleeder peak power
P(peak)
(kW)
40
Bleeder continuous power
P(cont)
(kW)
2 (shutdown occurs at 2.5kW)
Maximum feedback energy
W
(kWs)
100
KDV Weight
m
(kg)
17
Weight of mechanical mounting accessories
m
(kg)
1,7
Weight of bleeder protective shell
m
(kg)
1,7
Weight of fan unit LE3
m
(kg)
2,5
Controller voltage output
+ 24V Load voltage
U(L)
(V)
22 ... 26
+ 24VL Continuous current
I(UL)
(A)
12
(%)
2
+ 24VL Standing wave ratio
± 15V Measuring voltage
U(M)
(V)
14,9 ... 15,1
+ 15VM Continuous current
I(+UM)
(A)
2
- 15VM Continuous current
I(-UM)
(A)
2
(%)
0,1
(V)
220
(Hz)
50 ... 60
(%)
+10 ... -10
± 15VM Standing wave ratio
Auxiliary voltage and fan supply
Input voltage
U(AC)
Frequency
f
Voltage tolerance
Power consumption auxiliary voltage
P
(VA)
500
Power consumption fan supply
P
(VA)
1000
Conditions of operation
Permissible ambient temperature
range with rated data
(°Celsius)
+5 ... +45
Max. perm. ambient temperature
with reduced rated data
(°Celsius)
55
Storage and transport temperatures
(°Celsius)
-30 ... +85
Assembly altitude without reduction
of rated data
max. 1000m above NN
Perm. humidity acc. to humidity classification
F in acc. with DIN 40040
Insulation category
C in acc. with DIN 570110
Type of protection
IP 10 ac. to DIN 40050
Figure 108: Technical data of supply module KDV2
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
169
12. Technical Data of the Servo Drive Modules
Technical Data KDV 3.1
Designation
Symbol Unit
KDV 3.1-100-220/300-220
Power section
Type current
I(type)
(A)
100
Peak current (300ms)
I(peak)
(A)
160
Nominal input voltage
U(ACN)
(V)
3 x 220 (± 10%) 50 ... 60 Hz
Link circuit d.c. voltage
U(DC)
(V)
300 (± 10%)
Feed-in continuous power
P(cont)
(kW)
30 (with additional capacity 4 mF)
22 (with additional capacity 2 mF)
14 (without additional capacity)
Feed-in peak power
P(peak)
(kW)
48
Feedback continuous power
P(RD)
(kW)
20 (with additional capacity 2 mF)
Feedback peak power
P(RS)
(kW)
Bleeder continuous power
P(BD)
(W)
0
Bleeder peak power
P(BM)
(kW)
40
Maximum feedback energy
with power off
W
(kWs)
100
Power loss inside
control cabinet
P(v)
(W)
150
Power loss outside
control cabinet
P(v)
(W)
500
14 (without additional capacity)
40
KDV Weight
m
(kg)
21
Weight of mechanical mounting accessories
m
(kg)
1,7
Weight of fan unit LE4
m
(kg)
4,2
(V)
22 ... 26
Controller voltage output
+ 24V Load voltage
U(L)
+ 24VL Continuous current
I(UL)
+ 24VL Standing wave ratio
(A)
11,5
(%)
2
± 15V Measuring voltage
U(M)
(V)
14,9 ... 15,1
+ 15VM Continuous current
I(+UM)
(A)
2
- 15VM Continuous current
I(-UM)
± 15VM Standing wave ratio
(A)
2
(%)
0,1
(V)
220 (±10%)
Auxiliary voltage and fan supply
Input voltage
U(AC)
Frequency
f
(Hz)
50 ... 60
Power consumption auxiliary voltage
P
(VA)
500
Max. power consumption of fan supply
P
(VA)
1000
Conditions of operation
Permissible ambient temperature
range with rated data
(°Celsius)
+5 ... +45
Max. perm. ambient temperature
with reduced rated data
(°Celsius)
55
Storage and transport temperatures
(°Celsius)
-30 ... +85
Assembly height without reduction
of rated data
max. 1000m above NN
Perm. humidity acc. to humidity classification
F in acc. with DIN 40040
Isulation category
C in acc. with DIN 570110
Type of protection
IP 10 acc. to DIN 40050
Figure 109: Technical data of supply module KDV3
170
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
12. Technical Data of the Servo Drive Modules
Technical Data KDV 4.1
Designation
Symbol Unit
KDV 4.1-30-3
Input power section
Nominal input voltage
U(ACN)
(V)
3 x 380 ... 460 (± 10%) 50 ... 60 Hz
Link circuit direct current voltage
U(DC)
(V)
320 (± 10%)
Link circuit continuous power
P(cont)
(kW)
Output power section
30 (with additional capacity 4 mF)
22 (with additional capacity 2 mF)
14 (without additional capacity)
Link circuit peak power
P(peak)
(kW)
48
Feedback continuous power
P(RD)
(kW)
20 (with additional capacity 2 mF)
14 (without additional capacity)
Feedback peak power
P(RS)
(kW)
40
Bleeder continuous power
P(BD)
(W)
0
Bleeder peak power
P(BM)
(kW)
40
Maximum feedback energy
with power off
W
(kWs)
100
Power loss inside
control cabinet
P(v)
(W)
150
Power loss outside
control cabinet
P(v)
(W)
500
KDV Weight
m
(kg)
21
Weight of mechanical mounting accessories
m
(kg)
1,7
Weight of fan unit LE4
m
(kg)
4,2
(V)
22 ... 26
Controller voltage output
+ 24V Load voltage
U(L)
+ 24VL Continuous current
I(UL)
+ 24VL Standing wave ratio
(A)
11,5
(%)
2
± 15V Measuring voltage
U(M)
(V)
14,9 ... 15,1
+ 15VM Continuous current
I(+UM)
(A)
2
- 15VM Continuous current
I(-UM)
± 15VM Standing wave ratio
(A)
2
(%)
0,1
Auxiliary voltage and fan supply
Input voltage
U(AC)
(V)
220 (±10%)
Frequency
f
(Hz)
50 ... 60
Power consumption auxiliary voltage
P
(VA)
500
Max. power consumption of fan supply
P
(VA)
1000
Conditions of operation
Permissible ambient temperature range
with rated data
(°Celsius)
+5 ... +45
Max. perm. ambient temperature
with reduced rated data
(°Celsius)
55
Storage and transport temperatures
(°Celsius)
-30 ... +85
Assembly height without reduction
of rated data
max. 1000m above NN
Perm. humidity acc. to humidity classification
F in acc. with DIN 40040
Insulation category
C in acc. with DIN 570110
Type of protection
IP 10 acc. to DIN 40050
Figure 110: Technical data of supply module KDV4
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
171
12. Technical Data of the Servo Drive Modules
Technical Data TVD 1
Designation
Symbol Unit
TVD 1.2-15-3
TVD 1.2-08-3
Power section
Input voltage
U(ACN)
Frequency
f(N)
(V)
3 x 380 ... 460 (± 10%)
(Hz)
50 ...60
Link circuit direct current voltage
U(DC)
(V)
Link circuit continuous power
P(DC)
(kW)
15
320 (± 5%)
7,5
Link circuit peak power
P(KB-03)
(kW)
45
22,5
Bleeder continuous power
P(BD)
(kW)
1
0,5
Bleeder peak power
P(BM)
Maximum feedback energy
W(max)
(kW)
40
20
(kWs)
60
30
Power loss with unit
at maximum load
P(v)
(W)
330
180
Weight
m
(kg)
11,2
10,5
Controller voltage output
Input voltage
U(AC)
(V)
3 x 380 ... 460 (±10%)
Frequency
f(N)
(Hz)
50 ... 60
Power consumption
S(el)
(VA)
300
+ 24V Load voltage
U(L)
(V)
22 ... 26
+ 24VL Continuous current
I(UL)
(A)
7,5
Controller voltage output
+ 24VL Standing wave ratio
(%)
2
(V)
14,9 ... 15,1
± 15V Measuring voltage
U(M)
+ 15VM Continuous current
I(+UM)
(A)
2,5
- 15VM Continuous current
I(-UM)
(A)
1,5
(%)
0,1
± 15VM Standing wave ratio
Conditions of operation
Permissible ambient temperature range
with rated data
T(um)
(°C)
+5 ... +45
Max. perm. ambient temperature
with reduced rated data
T(umr)
(°C)
55
Storage and transport temperatures
T(L)
(°C)
-30 ... +85
Assembly height without reduction
of rated data
max. 1000m above NN
Perm. humidity acc. to humidity classification
F in acc. with DIN 40 040
Insulation category
C in acc. with DIN 570 110
Type of protection
IP 10 acc. to DIN 40 050
Figure 111: Technical data of supply module TVD1
172
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
13. Type Designation of Drive Components (Type Codes)
13. Type Designation
of Drive Components (Type Codes)
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
173
13. Type Designation of Drive Components (Type Codes)
MAC Servo-Motor
1
2
3
4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
Abbrev.
Example M A C 1 1 2 A - 0 - L D - 4 - C / 1 3 0 - A - 0 / W I 5 2 0 L V / S 0 0 5
1.
1.1
Term
MAC . . . . . . . = MAC
2.
2.1
Motor model
112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 112
3.
3.1
Model length
Baulängen . . . . . . . . . = A, B, C, D
4.
4.1
4.2
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
Cooling method
natural convection . . . . . . . . . . . .
=0
surface ventilated blowing axially,
AC 220V, Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 1 1
surface ventilated blowing axially,
AC 115V, Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 2 1
surface ventilated radial, AC 220V, fan right = 6
surface ventilated radial, AC 220V, fan below = 7
surface ventilated radial, AC 220V, fan left
=8
surface ventilated radial, AC 115V, fan right = A
surface ventilated radial, AC 115V, fan below = B
surface ventilated radial, AC 115V, fan left
=C
5.
Winding model
4.3
Standard application
Applic. with increased
synchr. quality 2
Rated speed / min-1
1500 2000 3000 6000 1500 2000 3000
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
MAC112A
MAC112B
MAC112C
MAC112D
6.
Feedback
ZD
PD
KD
HD
VD
LD
HD
FD
LD GD ED CD
ED -
ZG
PG
KG
HG
VG
LG
HG
FG
LG
GG
EG
EG
Incremental encoder feedback . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . = 1-B
Model
Tacho voltage
Tacho voltage
see Techn. Data see Techn. Data
Standard increased Standard increased
Tacho
volt
6V/
synchroniz. 1000 min-1
synchroniz.
Tacho feedback
Tacho feedback and
B-side shaft end
Tacho feedback with
encoder construction
2-C
2-F
2HC
2HF
2LF
3-C
3-F
3HC
3HF
3LF
4-C
4-F
4HC
4HF
4LF
7.
7.1
7.2
Centering diameter
for model B05 and B14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
for model B05 and B14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
Mounting position of power plug
Power plug on side A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power plug on side B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power plug on left (view from front on to output shaft) . . . . . . . . . . .
Power plug on right (view from front on to output shaft)) . . . . . . . . .
= 130
= 180
=A
=B
=L
=R
aTypenschlMAC112
(aus INN 06.01-T10K-07/112)
Figure 112: Type Key for MAC Servo-Motor
174
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
13. Type Designation of Drive Components (Type Codes)
1
2
3
4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
Abbrev.
Example: M A C 1 1 2 A - 0 - L D - 4 - C / 1 3 0 - A - 0 / W I 5 2 0 L V / S 0 0 5
9.
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
Blocking brakes
without blocking brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 0
with standard blocking brakes (14 Nm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 1
with reinforced blocking brakes (40 Nm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 2 3
with additionally reinforced blocking brakes (60 Nm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 3 3
10. Mounting arrangement 4
10.1 Standard mounting arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = - I
10.2 Shock-damped mounting arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = DI
11. Number of cycles per revolution 4
11.1 Available design see drawing no.: 9.552.121.4-XX
10.
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
Type of position feedback 4
Incremental encoder with standard mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = WI
Incremental encoder with shock-damped mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = DI
Absolute value encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = AM
Attachment set for position feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = WA
Resolver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = WR
Resolver with gear unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = GR
11. Position feedback identification 4
11.1 For available models see separate encoder documentation.
12.
Custom Designs
Determined by INDRAMAT and documented with a special code number.
This field is dropped with standard motors.
12.1 E.g. S005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = S005
Comments:
1 Axial surface ventilation cannot be supplied with feedback model "3...";
2 Can only be delivered with feedback model "...F";
3 Cannot be delivered with "MAC112A...";
4 These fields do not apply to feedback models "2..." and "3...";
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
bTypenschlMAC112
(aus INN 06.01-T10K-07/112)
175
13. Type Designation of Drive Components (Type Codes)
Servo-Drive Module
(Amplifier)
Short text
column
1
2
3
4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
Example: T D M
1 . 2 - 0 5 0 - 3 0 0 - W1 - 1 1 5 / S 1 0 0
1. Term
1.1 TDM . . . . . . . . = TDM
2. Series
2.1 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 1
3. Model
3.1 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 2
4. Type current
4.1 30 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 030
4.2 50 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 050
4.3 100 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 100
5. Link circuit rated voltage
5.1 DC 300 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 300
6. Cooling
6.1 By means of natural convection (only with unit 30A) . . = W0
6.2 By means of built-in fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = W1
7.
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
Rated connection voltage for built-in fan
Can be generated within unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 000
AC 115 V, 50...60 Hz . . .(Obsolete models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 115
AC 220 V, 50...60 Hz . . .(Obsolete models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 220
Is dropped with natural convection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = ∆∆∆
8.
Custom Designs
Determined by INDRAMAT and documented with a special code number.
This field is dropped with standard units.
8.1 E.g.: S100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = S100
Commands: ∆ = Vacancy;
TypenschlTDM12
(aus INN 07.03-T01K-02/TDM)
Figure113: Type codes for servo-drive module TDM
176
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
13. Type Designation of Drive Components (Type Codes)
Servo-Drive Module in
Cold-Running Technology
(Amplifier)
Abbrev.
1
2
3
4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
Example: K D S
1 . 1 - 0 5 0 - 3 0 0 - W1 - 1 1 5 / S 1 0 2
1. Term
1.1 KDS . . . . . . . . = KDS
2. Series
2.1 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 1
3. Model
3.1 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 1
4. Type current
4.1 30 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 50 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 100 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4 150 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
= 030
= 050
= 100
= 150
5. Link circuit ratedvoltage
5.1 DC 300 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 300
6. Cooling
6.1 By means of natural convection (only up to unit 100A) . = W0
6.2 By means of mounted fan (external fan unit "LE4") . . . . = W1
7. Rated connection voltage for mounted fan
7.1 AC 115 V, 50...60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 115
7.2 AC 220 V, 50...60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 220
8.
Custom Design
Determined by INDRAMAT and documented with a special code number
This field is dropped with standard units.
8.1 E.g.: S102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = S102
TypenschlKDS
(aus INN 07.08-T01K-02/KDS)
Figure114: Type codes for KDS servo-drive module
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
177
13. Type Designation of Drive Components (Type Codes)
Programming Module
Abbrev.
1
2
3
4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 . . . 0
Example M O D
0 1 / 1 X 0 0 0 5 - 0 0 1
1. Term
1.1 MOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = MOD
2. Controller
2.1 TDM 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 01
2.2 TDM 1 with potentiometer at set-point
= 02
2.3 KDS 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 03
2.4 KDS 1 with potentiometer at set-point
= 04
2.5 TDM 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 05
2.6 TDM 2 with potentiometer at set-point
= 06
2.7 TWM 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .= 07
2.8 KDW 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .= 09
2.9 TDM 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 13
2.10 TDM 3 with potentiometer at set-point
= 14
2.11 DSC 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 15
2.12 DSC 3 with potentiometer at set-point
= 16
2.13 TDM 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 17
2.14 TDM 4 with potentiometer at set-point
= 18
2.15 TDM 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 19
2.16 TDM 6 with potentiometer at set-point
= 20
2.17 TDM 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 21
2.18 TDM 7 with potentiometer at set-point
= 22
2.19 ABD 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 23
2.20 ABD 2 with potentiometer at set-point
= 24
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
Feedback unit on motor
INDRAMAT incremental encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 0
Tacho feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 1
Independent of the feedback unit
(only with slave and current interface modules) . . = •
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
Motor ventilation method
Natural convection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 0
Surface ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 1
Suitable for both types of ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . = X
5.
Code digit motor-controller combination
Determined and documented by INDRAMAT
5.1 E.g.: 0005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 0005
6.
Code digit input rating
Determined and documented by INDRAMAT
6.1 E.g.: 001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 001
TypenschlMOD
(aus INN 07.50-T02K-02/MOD)
Figure 115: Type Code for Programming Module MOD
178
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
14. Summary of Norms
14. Summary of the
most important
standards for
INDRAMAT drive
components
Status: 02.93
Germany
DIN VDE-Norm
Europe
EN-Norm
International
IEC-Norm
DIN VDE 0160
DIN VDE 0530
Electronic resources such as:
- Supply module (TVM, KDV, TVD),
- Drive controllers (TDM, KDS, KDA, DDS)
- Compact controllers (DSC, RAC)
- Motor feedback electronics, Geber
EN 60034
DIN VDE 0532
DIN VDE 0250
DIN VDE 0471
DIN VDE 0289
DIN VDE 0113
IEC 34-1
Motors (MAC, 2AD, 1MB, MDD)
IEC 76-1
IEC 14 (CO)75
Transformers, Impedance coils
(DST, DTT, DLT, GLD)
Cable, insulated leads
EN 60204-1
IEC 204-1,
IEC 550
DIN VDE 0627
DIN VDE 0113
DIN VDE 0558
Defines
Plug connections
EN 60204-1
IEC 204-1
IEC 550
Complete drive systems
IEC 22B (CO) 50
Semi-conductor rectifier
- Supply module (TVM, KDV; TVD),
- Drive controllers (TDM, KDS; KDA; DDS)
- Compact controllers (DSC, RAC)
DIN VDE 0550
Small transformers
DIN VDE 0302
IEC 505
Insulation, insulating systems
DIN VDE 0110
IEC 664
Insulation coordination, air and
leakage paths of all equipment
DIN VDE 0100
IEC 64
Construction of power plants below
1000 volts
DIN VDE 0105
IEC 64
Power plant operation
DIN VDE 0106
IEC 64
Protection categories, dangerous body currents
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
179
15. List of key words
15. List of key words
A
Acceleration times 117
Action to be taken 138
adaptor board AP 9 77
adjustment 119
air ducts 100
ambient air 100
ambient temperature 63, 136
application-specific functions 11
Applications 11
arrangement of modular units 54
AUX. VOLT 127
auxiliary mains power 127
B
basic torque 117
Bb contact 121, 122, 136
Bb1 CLOSED 131
Bb1 contact 119, 121
BLC 1 133
BLC 2 133
BLC 3 133
BLC signals 134
BLEEDER OVERLOAD 129
Blocking brake 108
brake 108
BS 137
bus cable 76
Bus connection X1 91
Bus connections X1 104
BVW contact 123
C
cable screens 78
cable shield 80
cable X1.1 121
Check 102
checking 99
cing device 64
Circuit diagram MOD 1 43
Clearing a Fault 125
cold-running technology 62
Commissioning 96
commissioning 101
Connecting plan 82
connection 76
Connection accessories 76
connection plan 84
Control cabinet internal temperature
control cabinets 100
Control circuit signal 17
Control voltage 132
control voltage 108, 126
controller enable 112
controller enabling signal 52
Controller release 136
controller voltage 111
cross-sections 103
current 117
180
129
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
15. List of key words
D
Data on the Servo Drive Module 157
Deceleration energy 128
dew 100
diagnostic 108
Diagnostic displays 125
Diagnostics 119, 138
differential input 18
Dimensions sheet 64
direction of rotation 19
discharge time 110
disruptive reflections 79
Drift compensation 20, 113
Drive Configuration 115
E
EARTH CON 129
Earthing Connections 81
electrical connecting accessories 55
electrostatic loads 99
eliminate faults 119
emergency off situations 109
emergency-off button 111
Emergency-Off Functions 109
emergency-off options 101
emergency-off switch 97
Emergency-stop function 23
enable signal 108
enabling signal 52
encoder 80
environmental influences 99
Equipment fuses 158
Equipment Replacement 140
Excess current 130
F
fault 125
fault causes 125
Fault messages 121
Fault-Finding 119
fault-finding 121
Faults 121
feedback cable 94
Feedback Energy 118
filters 100
flush mounting equipment
front view 55
54
G
gasket 62
Ground leak 130
ground leak 137
Grounding 104
H
heatsink 62
high-frequency equipment
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
81, 98
181
15. List of key words
High-voltage checks
HSM contact 124
Humidity 99
99
I
immunity to interference 77
Impure air 100
Input weighting 37
input weightings 114
inputs/outputs 52
Inside temperature of control cabinet
Instability 116
interface signals 121
interference 80
Ired input 22
131, 136
K
K1NC contact 124
K1NO contact 124
L
line connection X1 54
Line cross-section 76
link circuit busbars 110
link circuit short circuit 109
link circuit voltage 110
low voltages 99
M
MAC servo motor 17
mains power 127
mains auxiliary voltage 132
mains auxilliary voltage 102
MAINS FAULT 127
mains power 125
mains voltage 135
master switch 98, 109
master-slave drive 23, 26, 112
Maximum cable length 77
measures 125
mechanical brake 119
mechanics 116
minimum clearance 64
motor brake 77
motor cable 131
motor current 117
Motor Data 154
motor feedback cable 133
Motor feedback cables 79
Motor power cable 77
motor power cable 92
motor temperature 77
motor thermostat contact 77
motor type 37
mounting altitude 63
mounting dimensions 64
mounting frame 62
N
NC
182
113, 118, 121
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
15. List of key words
NC operation 112
NCB bridge 121
NH contact 124
O
oscillations 116
OVERCURRENT 130
OVERVOLT FUSE 128
OVERVOLTAGE 128
P
Plug connection 92
plug-in terminal X1 119
plug-in terminals 80
position control loop 114
Position return 80
position-control loop 101, 115
Power or PWR 135
Power Reduction 63
power wiring 103
Power-Up Sequence 106
Preferred arrangement of modular units 54
problem 119
programming module 18, 37, 39
programming module MOD 116
Protecting the machine 101
Protection 97
Protection of Equipment and Machinery 98
Protection of Personnel 54
prototype commissioning 112, 115
purpose of service 98
R
radio 98
Radio Equipment 81
Radio Interference Suppression 82
rated speed of the motor 53
Rating plate 39
rating plate 37, 102, 117
rating plate details 37
Rating plate of MAC motor 41
Rating plate of servo drive module 41
ready to operate 136
ready-made cable 77, 79
ready-to-operate 119
reduced motor current 22
Reduction 63
refrigerfators 100
Repair Card 141
replacing programming module MOD 102
resonance vibrations 115
Reversing the direction of rotation 20
RF 136
right rotational field 126
Rotor position signals 133
S
safety guidelines 54
Safety of Personnel 96
servo applications 11
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
183
15. List of key words
set-point encoder 111
Set-point smoothing 19
set-point smoothing 37, 114
Shielding 104
Short-circuit 130, 137
shut down 122
Signal lines 80
slave drive 23, 112
Smoothing 19
smoothing 37
soaring of the mechanics 112
sources of interference 81
Speed 15
Speed-controlled drive 18
stability 115
standards 179
Stopping 113
summing input 18
supply module 15, 102, 104
suppress interference 81
switching on 98
T
Tacho 133
Tacho voltage 53
tandem drive 23
Technical Data 159
TEMP. FAULT 131
temperature 64
temperature of the control cabinet
Temperature pre-warning 136
Terminal Strip 138
terminal strip 80
thermostat contact 77
tools 98
Torque 15, 117
torque 20, 53
Torque reduction 22
TS 136
TÜ 137
TÜ contact 122
TVW contact 123
Type Designation 173
type designations 102
type of servo drive 37
99
U
UD contact
123
V
Ventilation requirements
104
W
weight compensation
Weighting kMA 53
wiring diagrams 82
117
Z
zero drift 20
zero speed set-point
184
114
TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
• TDM and KDS • 9.552.268.4-01 • 18. Januar 1994
185
Printed in Germany
256496
Rexroth
Indramat